Still Rx70!40!50 LPG Trucks Manual

Original instructions
LPG trucks
RX70-40
RX70-45
RX70-50
7335 7336 7337 7338
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Preface
g
Address of manufacturer and

contact details
STILL GmbH
Berzeliusstraße 10
22113 Hamburg, Germany
Tel. +49 (0) 40 7339-0
Fax: +49 (0) 40 7339-1622
Email: [email protected]
Website: http://www.still.de
Rules for the operating

company of industrial trucks
In addition to these operating instructions,
a code of practice containing additional
information for the operating companies of
industrial trucks is also available.
This guide provides information for handling
industrial trucks:
• Information on how to select suitable
industrial trucks for a particular area of
application
• Prerequisites for the safe operation of
industrial trucks
• Information on the use of industrial trucks
• Information on transport, initial commis-
sioning and storage of industrial trucks
Internet address and QR code

The information can be accessed at any time
by pasting the address https://m.still.de/vdma
in a web browser or by scanning the QR code.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 I
Table of contents
g
1 Foreword
List of abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Your truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 3
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 3
CE labelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 4
EC declaration of conformity in accordance with Machinery Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 5
Accessories overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 6
Labelling points overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 7
Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 8
Production number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 8
StVZO (Road Traffic Licensing Regulations) information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 9
Using the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 9
Proper usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 9
Proper use during towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 10
Impermissible use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 10
Place of use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 10
Using working platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 12
Information about the documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 13
Documentation scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 13
Supplementary documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 14
Issue date and topicality of the operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 15
Copyright and trademark rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 15
Explanation of information symbols used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 15
List of abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 16
Definition of directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 18
Schematic views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 18
Environmental considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Disposal of components and batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2 Safety
Definition of terms used for responsible persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . 22
Operating company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . 22
Specialist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . 22
Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . 23
Basic principles for safe operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Insurance cover on company premises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Changes and retrofitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Changes to the overhead guard and roof loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 III

Table of contents
g
Warning regarding non-original parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 27

Damage, defects and misuse of safety systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 28
Length of the fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 28
Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 29
Medical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 30
Exercise caution when handling gas springs and accumulators . . . . . . ............ 31
Length of the fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 31
Residual risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 33
Residual dangers, residual risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 33
Special risks associated with using the truck and attachments . . . . . . . ............ 34
Overview of hazards and countermeasures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 36
Danger to employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 39
Safety tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 40
Regular safety inspection of the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 40
Carrying out regular safety inspections on the LPG system . . . . . . . . . ............ 40
Regularly checking the level of harmful substances in the exhaust gas . ............ 41
Insulation testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 42
Safety regulations for handling consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 43
Permissible consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 43
Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 44
Hydraulic fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 45
Battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 46
LPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 47
Coolant and cooling fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 50
Disposal of consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 50
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3 Overviews
Truck overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Overview of driver's compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Operating devices and display elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 58
Display operating unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 58
Operating devices for hydraulic and driving functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 58
Double mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 60
Three-way mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 61
Four-way mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 62
Joystick 4Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 63
Fingertip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 64
Mini console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 65
IV 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Table of contents
g
4 Operation
Checks and tasks before daily use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 68
Visual inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 68
Checking the side cover is locked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 70
Climbing into and out of the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 71
Climbing into and out of a truck with a raised driver's cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 72
Shelves and cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 74
Adjusting the MSG 65/MSG 75 driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 75
Adjusting the armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 79
Adjusting the steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 80
Unlocking the emergency off switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 81
Switching on the key switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 81
Access authorisation with PIN code (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 84
Operating the signal horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 94
Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 94
Using the driver's cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 97
Opening the LPG cylinder valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 97
Opening the LPG cylinder valve for a double-cylinder holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 99
Opening the LPG tank shut-off valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 101
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 103
Checking the brake system for correct function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 104
Checking the steering system for correct function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 105
Checking the emergency off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 105
Zero adjustment of the load measurement (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 106
Checking the vertical lift mast position (variant) for correct function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 107
Filling the washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 108
Cleaning the dust valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 109
Operating the display-operating unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 110
Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 110
Adjusting the displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 111
Symbols in the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 112
Setting the date or time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 117
Resetting the daily kilometres and daily operating hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 118
Setting the language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 118
Softkeys for operating various equipment variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 119
Configuring Blue-Q efficiency mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 119
Shock recognition (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 120
Additional settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 121
Blue-Q efficiency mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Switching off additional consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 V
Table of contents
g
Switching efficiency mode Blue-Q on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Safety regulations when driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Roadways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Setting the drive programmes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Actuating the vertical rocker switch for the "drive direction", joystick 4Plus version . . . . 130
Actuating the drive direction switch, mini-lever version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Actuating the drive direction switch, fingertip version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Actuating the vertical rocker switch for the "drive direction", joystick 4Plus version . . . . 131
Actuating the drive direction switch, mini-console version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Starting to drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Starting drive mode, dual pedal version (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Operating the service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Actuating the mechanical parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Driving on ascending and descending gradients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Driving on ascending and descending gradients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Reducing speed with a raised load (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Automatic shut-off of the internal combustion engine (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Parking the truck securely and switching it off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Wheel chock (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 147
Lifting system variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 147
Automatic lift cut out (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 147
Lift mast vertical position (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 148
Types of lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 152
Malfunctions during lifting mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 153
Hydraulic blocking function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 155
Lifting system operating devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 155
Controlling the lifting system using a double mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 157
Controlling the lifting system using a triple mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 158
Controlling the lifting system using a quadruple mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . ............ 159
Controlling the lifting system using the joystick 4Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 160
Controlling the lifting system using the fingertip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 162
Changing the fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 163
Fork extension (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 165
Operation with reversible fork arms (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 167
Handling loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Safety regulations when handing loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Before taking up load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
VI 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Table of contents
g
Load measurement (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 171

Picking up loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 174
Danger area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 175
Transporting pallets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 176
Transporting suspended loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 176
Load pick up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 177
Transporting loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 181
Setting down loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 182
Shake function (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 183
Driving on lifts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 187
Driving on loading bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 188
Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 190
Fitting attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 190
Releasing the pressure from the hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 192
General instructions for controlling attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 194
Controlling attachments using a double mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 196
Controlling attachments using the double mini-lever and the 5th function . . . . . . . . . .. 198
Controlling attachments using a triple mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 200
Controlling attachments using the triple mini-lever and the 5th function . . . . . . . . . . . .. 202
Controlling attachments using a quadruple mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 204
Controlling attachments using the quadruple mini-lever and the 5th function . . . . . . . .. 206
Controlling attachments via the joystick 4Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 208
Controlling attachments using the joystick 4Plus and the 5th function . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 209
Controlling the attachments with the fingertip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 210
Controlling attachments with the fingertip and 5th function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 211
Clamp locking mechanism (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 213
Taking up a load using attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 216
Auxiliary equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 217
Switching the lighting on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 217
Switching the working spotlight for reverse travel on and off . . . . ............... .. 218
Switching the rotating beacon on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 219
Switching the hazard warning system on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 219
Switching the turn indicator on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 220
Switching the double working spotlights on and off. . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 223
STILL SafetyLight (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 225
Operating the windscreen wiper/washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 226
Filling the washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 226
FleetManager (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 227
Shock recognition (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 227
Cruise control (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 227
Driver restraint systems (variants) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 231
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 VII

Table of contents
g
Ceiling sensor (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 237
Opening the cab door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 237
Opening the side windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 237
Closing the cab door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 238
Opening the side windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 238
Closing the side windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 239
Operating the interior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 240
Operating the rear window heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 241
Radio (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 241
Heating system (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 242
Air conditioning (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 243
Trailer operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 244
Towed load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 244
Coupling pin in the counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 245
Automatic tow coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 247
Towing trailers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 255
Display messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 257
Display content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 257
Error code table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 257
General messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 260
Drive-specific messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 269
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. ............ 277
Changing the LPG cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. ............ 277
Changing the LPG cylinder in a double-cylinder holder ............ ............ 280
Filling the LPG tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. ............ 282
Procedure in emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 285
Emergency shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 285
Procedure if truck tips over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 286
Emergency hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 287
Emergency lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 288
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 291
Jump-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 293
Disconnecting the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 294
Transporting the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Crane loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Cleaning the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Cleaning the electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
VIII 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Table of contents
g
Cleaning load chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Cleaning the windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
After washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Decommissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Shutting down and storing the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Recommissioning after shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
5 Maintenance
Safety regulations for maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 310
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 310
Working on the hydraulic equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 310
Working on the electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 311
Working on the ignition system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 311
Safety devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 312
Set values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 312
Lifting and jacking up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 312
Working at the front of the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 312
General maintenance information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 314
Personnel qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 314
Information for carrying out maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 314
Maintenance — 1000 hours/annually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 317
Maintenance - 3000 hours/every two years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 321
Maintenance instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 323
Ordering spare parts and wearing parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 323
Quality and quantity of the required operating materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 323
Lubrication plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 324
Maintenance data table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 325
Providing access to maintenance points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 328
Opening the side service flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 328
Closing the side service flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 329
Opening the bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 329
Closing the bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 331
Installing and removing the bottom plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 332
Preserving operational readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 335
De-icing the evaporator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 335
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 336
Topping up the coolant and checking the coolant concentration . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 337
Replacing the air filter cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 339
Lubricating the joints and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 341
Checking the door latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 341
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 IX
Table of contents
g
Maintaining the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . 342

Checking the driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . 343
Greasing the automatic tow coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . 344
Servicing wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . 346
Servicing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . 348
Replacing fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . 351
Lubricating the lift mast and roller track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . 351
Other tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . 353
1000-hour maintenance/yearly maintenance . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . 354
Cleaning the radiator, checking for leaks . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . 354
Checking the reversible fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . 354
Checking the fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . 355
Checking the hydraulic oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . 355
Checking the lift cylinders and connections for leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . 357
Checking the hydraulic system for leak tightness . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . 357
6 Technical data
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
VDI datasheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Fuse assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
X 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
1
Foreword
1 Foreword
List of abbreviations
NOTE
This list of abbreviations applies to all types
of operating instructions. Not all of the abbre-
viations that are listed here will necessarily
appear in these operating instructions.
Abbrevi-
Meaning Explanation
ation
ABE Display operating unit
German implementation of EU occupa-
ArbSchG Arbeitsschutzgesetz
tional health and safety directives
Betr- German implementation of the EU working
Betriebssicherheitsverordnung
SichV equipment directive
German insurance company for the com-
BG Berufsgenossenschaft
pany and employees
German principles and test specifications
BGG Berufsgenossenschaftlicher Grundsatz
for occupational health and safety
German rules and recommendations for
BGR Berufsgenossenschaftliche Regel
occupational health and safety
DGUV Berufsgenossenschaftliche Vorschrift German accident prevention regulations
Confirms conformity with product-specific
CE Communauté Européenne
European directives (CE mark)
Commission on the Rules for the Approval International commission on the rules for
CEE
of the Electrical Equipment the approval of electrical equipment
DC Direct Current Direct current
DFÜ Datenfernübertragung Remote data transmission
DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung German standardisation organisation
EG European Community
EN European standard
European Federation of Materials Han-
FEM Fédération Européene de la Manutention
dling and Storage Equipment
Fmax maximum Force Maximum power
German authority for monitoring/issuing
regulations for worker protection, environ-
GAA Gewerbeaufsichtsamt
mental protection, and consumer protec-
tion
Transfer of data packets in wireless
GPRS General Packet Radio Service
networks
ID no. ID number
International Organization for Standard- International standardisation organisation
ISO
ization
2 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Foreword 1
Your truck
Abbrevi-
Meaning Explanation
ation
LAN Local Area Network Local area network
Uncertainty of measurement of sound
KpA
pressure levels
LED Light Emitting Diode Light emitting diode
Lp Sound pressure level at the workplace
Average continuous sound pressure level

LpAZ
in the driver's compartment
Distance of the centre of gravity of the load
LSP Load centre of gravity
from the front face of the fork backs
Maximum permissible air concentrations
MAK Maximum workplace concentration
of a substance at the workplace
Max. Maximum Highest value of an amount
Min. Minimum Lowest value of an amount
PIN Personal Identification Number Personal identification number
PPE Personal protective equipment
SE Super-Elastic Superelastic tyres (solid rubber tyres)
Tyres for simplified assembly, without
SIT Snap-In Tyre
loose rim parts
German regulations for approval of vehi-
StVZO Straßenverkehrs-Zulassungs-Ordnung
cles on public roads
Ordinance on hazardous materials appli-
TRGS Technische Regel für Gefahrstoffe
cable in the Federal Republic of Germany
Verband der Elektrotechnik Elektronik
VDE German technical/scientific association
Informationstechnik
VDI Verein Deutscher Ingenieure German technical/scientific association
Verband Deutscher Maschinen- und German Mechanical Engineering Industry
VDMA
Anlagenbau e.V. Association
WLAN Wireless LAN Wireless local area network
.
Your truck
General
The truck described in these operating instruc-
tions corresponds to the applicable standards
and safety regulations.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 3
1 Foreword
Your truck
If the truck is to be operated on public roads, it

must conform to the existing national regula-
tions for the country in which it is being used.
The driving permit must be obtained from the
appropriate office.
The truck has been fitted with state-of-the-
art technology. Following these operating
instructions will allow the truck to be handled
safely. By complying with the specifications in
these operating instructions, the functionality
and the approved features of the truck will be
retained.
Get to know the technology, understand it
and use it safely - these operating instructions
provide the necessary information and help to
avoid accidents and to keep the truck ready for
operation beyond the warranty period.
Therefore:
– Before commissioning the truck, read
the operating instructions and follow the
instructions.
– Always follow all of the safety information
contained in the operating instructions and
on the truck.
CE labelling
The manufacturer uses CE labelling to indi-
cate that the truck complies with the standards
and regulations valid at the time of marketing.
This is confirmed by the issued EC declaration
of conformity. The CE labelling is attached to
the nameplate.
An independent structural change or addition
to the truck can compromise safety, thus
invalidating the EC declaration of conformity.
The EC declaration of conformity must be
carefully stored and made available to the
responsible authorities.
CE-Symbol
4 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Foreword 1
Your truck
EC declaration of conformity in accordance with Machinery Directive
Declaration
STILL GmbH
Berzeliusstraße 10
D-22113 Hamburg Germany
We declare that the
Industrial truck according to these operating instructions

Model according to these operating instructions
conforms to the latest version of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.
Personnel authorised to compile the technical documents:
See EC compliance declaration
STILL GmbH
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 5
1 Foreword
Your truck
Accessories overview
• Key for key switch (2 pieces)
• Key for cab (variant)
• Hexagon socket wrench for emergency
lowering
6 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Foreword 1
Your truck
Labelling points overview

sign: Do not stand underneath the fork/Do
not stand on the fork
7 Decal information: Joystick functions
(variant)
8 Decal information: Top up hydraulic oil
9 Decal information: Tyre filling pressure
(variant), on both sides of the truck
10 Decal information: Armrest adjustment
11 Decal information: Lifting gear attachment
points
12 Decal information: Caution / Read the
operating instructions / Fasten seat belt
/ Apply parking brake when leaving the
truck / Passengers are not allowed / Do
not jump off if the truck is tipping over / Lean
in the opposite direction to which the truck is
tipping
13 Decal information: Capacity rating plate/Ca-
1 Decal information: Fixing point for lifting
pacity rating plate: Attachment (variant)
gear
14 Decal information: Head clearance
2 Manufacturer's label text
15 Decal information: Sound power level
3 Warning sign: Danger due to shearing/Dan-
16 Capacity rating plate
ger due to high fluid pressure
17 Decal information: FEM test with inspection
4 Warning sign: Do not stand underneath the
sticker
fork/Do not stand on the fork
18 Decal information: Ceiling sensor
5 Nameplate
19 Decal information: StVZO (German Road
6 Warning sign: Danger due to shearing/Dan-
Traffic Licensing Regulations) information
ger due to high fluid pressure/and warning
(variant)
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 7
1 Foreword
Your truck
Nameplate
The truck can be identified from the informa- 1 2 3
tion on the nameplate.
The information for the battery weights (5,
6) and the ballast weight (7) only applies to Type-Modèle-Typ / Serial no.-No. de série-Serien-Nr. / year-année-Baujahr
4
electric forklift trucks. 13 Rated capacity Unladen mass
Capacité nominale kg Masse à vide kg
12 Nenn-Tragfähigkeit
Battery voltage
Leergewicht
max kg 5
Tension batterie V
11
Batteriespannung min.* kg
Rated drive power

Puissance motr.nom. kW
*
kg
6
Nenn-Antriebsleist.
* see Operating instructions D-22113 Hamburg
voir Mode d'emploi
siehe Betriebsanleitung
Berzeliusstr. 10
7
10 9 8
6210_921-003_V3
1 Type
2 Production number
3 Year of manufacture
4 Tare weight in kg
5 Max. permissible battery weight in kg
6 Min. permissible battery weight in kg
7 Ballast weight in kg
8 Address of manufacturer
9 Refer to the technical data listed in these
operating instructions for more detailed
information
10 CE labelling
11 Nominal drive power in kW
12 Battery voltage in V
13 Rated capacity in kg
Production number
NOTE xx xxxx x xxxxx
The production number is used to identify the
truck. It can be found on the nameplate and
must be referred to in all technical questions. 1
The production number contains the following
coded information:
2
(1) Production location
(2) Model 3
(3) Year of manufacture
(4) Sequential number 4
7090_921-004
8 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Foreword 1
Using the truck
StVZO (Road Traffic Licensing

Regulations) information
1 2
This label includes information on the weight
and load distribution of the truck.
5 3 4
7094_003-098
1 Tare weight (in kg)

2 Permitted total weight (in kg)
3 Permitted front axle weight (in kg)
4 Permitted rear axle weight (in kg)
5 Payload (in kg)
Using the truck

Proper usage
The truck described in these operating in-
structions is suitable for lifting, transporting
and stacking loads.
The truck may only be used for its proper
purpose as set out and described in these
operating instructions.
If the truck is to be used for purposes other
than those specified in the operating instruc-
tions, the approval of the manufacturer and, if
applicable, the relevant regulatory authorities
must be obtained beforehand to prevent haz-
ards.
The maximum load to be lifted is specified on
the capacity rating plate (load diagram) and
must not be exceeded; see also the chapter
entitled "Before picking up a load".
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 9
1 Foreword
Using the truck
Proper use during towing

This truck is suitable for the occasional towing
of trailers and is equipped with a towing device
for this purpose. This occasional towing may
not exceed 2% of the daily operating time. If
the truck is to be used for towing on a more
regular basis, the manufacturer should be
consulted.
The regulations regarding trailer operation
must be observed; see chapter "Trailer
operation".
Impermissible use
The operating company or driver, and not the
manufacturer, is liable for any hazards caused
by improper use.
NOTE
Please observe the definition of the following
responsible persons: "operating company"
and "driver".
Use for purposes other than those described
in these operating instructions is prohibited.
DANGER
There is a risk of fatal injury from falling
off the truck while it is moving!
– It is prohibited to carry passengers
on the truck.
The truck may not be operated in areas where

there is a risk of fire, explosion or corrosion, or
in areas that are particularly dusty.
Stacking or unstacking is not permissible on
inclined surfaces or ramps.
Place of use
The truck can be used outside and, with the
correct equipment, in buildings.
Operation on public roads is only permitted
with the "StVZO" (Road Traffic Licensing
Regulations) equipment variant.
10 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Foreword 1
Using the truck
If the truck is to be operated on public roads, it

must conform to the existing national regula-
tions for the country in which it is being used.
The ground must have an adequate load
capacity (concrete, asphalt) and a rough
surface. Routes, working areas and aisle
widths must conform to the specifications
in these operating instructions; see chapter
entitled "Routes".
Driving on upward and downward gradients is
permitted provided the specified data and
specifications are observed; see chapter
entitled "Routes".
The truck is suitable for use in countries
ranging from the Tropics to Nordic regions
(temperature range: -12 °C to +40 °C).
This truck is not designed to be operated in
cold stores.
The operating company must ensure that
suitable fire protection is available for the rel-
evant application in the truck's surroundings.
Depending on the application, additional fire
protection must be provided on the truck. If in
doubt, contact the relevant authorities.
NOTE
responsible person: "operating company".
DANGER
Risk of fatal poisoning!
It is dangerous to leave the engine running in
enclosed spaces. The engine consumes oxygen
and emits carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide and
other poisonous gases. There is a risk of fatal
injury!
– Only operate the truck in areas that are well
ventilated.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 11
1 Foreword
Using the truck
Using working platforms
WARNING
The use of working platforms is regulated by na-
tional law. The use of working platforms is only
permitted by virtue of the jurisdiction in the country
of use.
– Observe national legislation.
– Before using working platforms, consult the
national regulatory authorities.
12 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Foreword 1
Information about the documentation

Documentation scope
• Original operating instructions
• Original operating instructions for attach-
ments (variant)
• Spare parts list
• Depending on the truck equipment, "UPA"
operating instructions may also be provided
NOTE
Refer to the additional information in the
section entitled "Rules for the operating
company of industrial trucks".
These operating instructions describe all
measures necessary for the safe operation
and proper maintenance of the truck in all
possible variants available at the time of
printing. Special versions to meet customer
requirements (UPA) are documented in
separate operating instructions. If you have
any questions, please contact your authorised
service centre.
Enter the production number and year of

manufacture from the nameplate in the space
provided:
Production number:
Year of manufacture:
Please quote the production number in all

technical enquiries.
Each truck comes with a set of operating
instructions. These instructions must be
stored carefully and must be available to the
driver and operating company at all times.
The storage location is specified in the chapter
entitled "Overviews".
If the operating instructions are lost, the op-
erating company must obtain a replacement
from the manufacturer immediately.
The operating instructions are included in the
spare parts list and can be reordered as a
spare part.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 13
1 Foreword
The personnel responsible for operating and

maintaining the equipment must be familiar
with these operating instructions.
The operating company must ensure that all
users have received, read and understood
these operating instructions.
Safely store the complete documentation and
pass on to the subsequent operating company
when transferring or selling the truck.
NOTE
and "driver".
Thank you for reading and complying with
these operating instructions. If you have any
questions or suggestions for improvements,
or if you have found any errors, please contact
the authorised service centre.
Supplementary documentation
This industrial truck can be fitted with un-
planned equipment (UPA) that deviates from
the standard equipment and/or the variants.
The UPA may be, for example:
• Special sensors
• Special attachments
• Towing devices
• Customised attachments
In this case, the industrial truck has additional
documentation. This may be in the form of an
insert or separate operating instructions.
The original operating instructions for this
industrial truck are valid for the operation
of standard equipment and variants without
restriction. The operational and safety infor-
mation in the original operating instructions
continues to be valid in its entirety unless it is
countermanded in this additional documenta-
tion.
The requirements for the qualification of
personnel as well as the time for maintenance
14 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Foreword 1
may vary. This is defined in the additional

documentation.
– If you have any questions, please contact
your authorised service centre.
Issue date and topicality of the

operating instructions
The issue date of these operating instructions
can be found on the title page.
STILL is constantly engaged in the further
development of trucks. These operating
instructions are subject to change, and any
claims based on the information and/or
illustrations contained in them cannot be
asserted.
Please contact your authorised service centre
for technical support relating to your truck.
Copyright and trademark rights

These instructions must not be reproduced,
translated or made accessible to third par-
ties—including as excerpts—except with the
express written approval of the manufacturer.
Explanation of information symbols

used
DANGER
Indicates procedures that must be strictly adhered
to in order to prevent the risk of fatalities.
WARNING
to in order to prevent the risk of injuries.
CAUTION
to in order to prevent material damage and/or
destruction.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 15
1 Foreword
NOTE
For technical requirements that require
special attention.
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
To prevent environmental damage.
NOTE
This list of abbreviations applies to all types
of operating instructions. Not all of the abbre-
viations that are listed here will necessarily
appear in these operating instructions.
Abbrevi-
Meaning Explanation
ation
ABE Display operating unit
German implementation of EU occupa-
ArbSchG Arbeitsschutzgesetz
tional health and safety directives
Betr- German implementation of the EU working
Betriebssicherheitsverordnung
SichV equipment directive
German insurance company for the com-
BG Berufsgenossenschaft
pany and employees
German principles and test specifications
BGG Berufsgenossenschaftlicher Grundsatz
for occupational health and safety
German rules and recommendations for
BGR Berufsgenossenschaftliche Regel
occupational health and safety
DGUV Berufsgenossenschaftliche Vorschrift German accident prevention regulations
Confirms conformity with product-specific
CE Communauté Européenne
European directives (CE mark)
Commission on the Rules for the Approval International commission on the rules for
CEE
of the Electrical Equipment the approval of electrical equipment
DC Direct Current Direct current
DFÜ Datenfernübertragung Remote data transmission
DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung German standardisation organisation
EG European Community
EN European standard
European Federation of Materials Han-
FEM Fédération Européene de la Manutention
dling and Storage Equipment
Fmax maximum Force Maximum power
16 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Foreword 1
Abbrevi-
Meaning Explanation
ation
German authority for monitoring/issuing
regulations for worker protection, environ-
GAA Gewerbeaufsichtsamt
mental protection, and consumer protec-
tion
Transfer of data packets in wireless
GPRS General Packet Radio Service
networks
ID no. ID number
International Organization for Standard-
ISO International standardisation organisation
ization
LAN Local Area Network Local area network
Uncertainty of measurement of sound
KpA
pressure levels
LED Light Emitting Diode Light emitting diode
Lp Sound pressure level at the workplace
Average continuous sound pressure level

LpAZ
in the driver's compartment
Distance of the centre of gravity of the load
LSP Load centre of gravity
from the front face of the fork backs
Maximum permissible air concentrations
MAK Maximum workplace concentration
of a substance at the workplace
Max. Maximum Highest value of an amount
Min. Minimum Lowest value of an amount
PIN Personal Identification Number Personal identification number
PPE Personal protective equipment
SE Super-Elastic Superelastic tyres (solid rubber tyres)
Tyres for simplified assembly, without
SIT Snap-In Tyre
loose rim parts
German regulations for approval of vehi-
StVZO Straßenverkehrs-Zulassungs-Ordnung
cles on public roads
Ordinance on hazardous materials appli-
TRGS Technische Regel für Gefahrstoffe
cable in the Federal Republic of Germany
Verband der Elektrotechnik Elektronik
VDE German technical/scientific association
Informationstechnik
VDI Verein Deutscher Ingenieure German technical/scientific association
Verband Deutscher Maschinen- und German Mechanical Engineering Industry
VDMA
Anlagenbau e.V. Association
WLAN Wireless LAN Wireless local area network
.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 17
1 Foreword
Definition of directions
1
The directions "forwards" (1), "backwards" (3),
"right" (2) and "left" (4) refer to the installation
position of the parts as seen from the driver's
compartment; the load is to the front.
4 2
3 6210_001-031
Schematic views
View of functions and operations
This documentation explains the (usually
sequential) chain of certain functions or oper-
ations. Schematic diagrams of a counterbal-
ance truck are used to illustrate these proce-
dures.
NOTE
These schematic diagrams are not represen-
tative of the structural state of the documented
truck. The diagrams are used solely for the
purpose of clarifying procedures.
6210_003-062
18 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Foreword 1
View of the display operating unit
NOTE
Views of operating statuses and values in
the display of the display operating unit are
examples and partly dependent on the truck
equipment. As a result, the displays shown
of the actual operating statuses and values
can vary. Information that is not relevant for
descriptions is not shown.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 19
1 Foreword
Environmental considerations
Environmental considerations
Packaging
During delivery of the truck, certain parts
are packaged to provide protection during
transport. This packaging must be removed
completely prior to initial start-up.
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
The packaging material must be disposed of
properly after delivery of the truck.
Disposal of components and

batteries
The truck is composed of different materials. If
components or batteries need to be replaced
and disposed of, they must be:
• disposed of,
• treated or
• recycled in accordance with regional and
national regulations.
NOTE
The documentation provided by the battery
manufacturer must be observed when dispo-
sing of batteries.
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
We recommend working with a waste mana-
gement company for disposal purposes.
20 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
2
Safety
2 Safety
Definition of terms used for responsible persons

Operating company
The operating company is the natural or legal
person or group who operates the truck or on
whose authority the truck is used.
The operating company must ensure that the
truck is only used for its proper purpose and in
compliance with the safety regulations set out
in these operating instructions.
The operating company must ensure that
all users read and understand the safety
information.
The operating company is responsible for the
scheduling and correct performance of regular
safety checks.
We recommend that the national performance
specifications are adhered to.
Specialist
A qualified person is defined as a service
engineer or a person who fulfils the following
requirements:
• A completed vocational qualification that
demonstrably proves their professional
expertise. This proof should consist of
a vocational qualification or a similar
document.
• Professional experience indicating that
the qualified person has gained practical
experience of industrial trucks over a
proven period during their career During
this time, this person has become familiar
with a wide range of symptoms that require
checks to be carried out, such as based
on the results of a hazard assessment or a
daily inspection
• Recent professional involvement in the
field of the industrial truck test in question
and an appropriate further qualification
are essential. The qualified person must
have experience of carrying out the test
in question or of carrying out similar tests.
Moreover, this person must be aware of
the latest technological developments
22 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
regarding the industrial truck to be tested

and the risk being assessed
Drivers
This truck may only be driven by suitable per-
sons who are at least 18 years of age, have
been trained in driving, have demonstrated
their skills in driving and handling loads to
the operating company or an authorised rep-
resentative, and have been specifically in-
structed to drive the truck. Specific knowledge
of the truck to be operated is also required.
The training requirements under §3 of the
Health and Safety at Work Act and §9 of the
plant safety regulations are deemed to have
been satisfied if the driver has been trained in
accordance with BGG (General Employers'
Liability Insurance Association Act) 925.
Observe the national regulations for your
country.
Driver rights, duties and rules of be-

haviour
The driver must be trained in his rights and
duties.
The driver must be granted the required rights.
The driver must wear protective equipment
(protection suit, safety footwear, safety
helmet, industrial goggles and gloves) that
is appropriate for the conditions, the job and
the load to be lifted. Solid footwear should be
worn to ensure safe driving and braking.
The driver must be familiar with the operating
instructions and have access to them at all
times.
The driver must:
• have read and understood the operating
manual
• have familiarised himself with safe opera-
tion of the truck
• be physically and mentally able to drive the
truck safely
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 23
2 Safety
DANGER
The use of drugs, alcohol or medications that affect
reactions impair the ability to drive the truck!
Individuals under the influence of the aforementio-
ned substances are not permitted to perform work
of any kind on or with the truck.
Prohibition of use by unauthorised

persons
The driver is responsible for the truck during
working hours. He must not allow unautho-
rised persons to operate the truck.
When leaving the truck, the driver must secure
it against unauthorised use, e.g. by pulling out
the key.
24 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
Basic principles for safe operation

Insurance cover on company
premises
In many cases, company premises are
restricted public traffic areas.
NOTE
The business liability insurance should be
reviewed to ensure that, in the event of any
damage caused in restricted public traffic
areas, there is insurance cover for the truck in
respect of third parties.
Changes and retrofitting

If the truck will be used for work that is not
listed in the directives or in these instructions,
convert or retrofit the truck for this purpose
as required. Any structural modification can
impair the handling and stability of the truck,
and can result in accidents.
Any modifications that adversely affect the
stability, the load capacity or the circumferen-
tial view of the truck require written approval
from the manufacturer.
The following components may only be
modified with prior written approval from the
manufacturer:
• Brakes
• Steering
• Operating devices
• Safety systems
• Equipment variants
• Attachments
The truck may only be converted with written
approval from the manufacturer. If necessary,
obtain approval from the relevant authorities.
Only the authorised service centre is permitted
to perform welding work on the truck.
We warn against installing and using restraint
systems not approved by the manufacturer.
– Contact the authorised service centre
before converting or retrofitting the truck.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 25
2 Safety
DANGER
Risk of injury if the truck tips over!
Even if an approved restraint system
is in use, there is still a residual risk
that the driver could be injured if the
truck tips over. The risk of injury can
be reduced by using the restraint
system in conjunction with the seat
belt. In addition, the seat belt protects
against the consequences of rear-end
collisions and falling off ramps.
– Use the seat belt too.
DANGER
Risk of fatal injury from falling load!
There is a risk to the driver's life if the truck is not
equipped with an overhead guard, as the driver
may be struck by a load falling from a lift height of
1800 mm or greater.
Operation of the forklift truck without an overhead
guard is prohibited with a lift height greater than
1800 mm.
– At lift heights of 1800 mm and above, only use
the truck in conjunction with an overhead guard.
The operating company is only permitted to

make modifications to the truck independently
if the manufacturer goes into liquidation and
the company is not taken over by another legal
person.
The operating company must also fulfil the
following prerequisites:
• Design documents, test documents and
assembly instructions associated with the
modification must be permanently archived
and remain accessible at all times.
• The capacity rating plate, the decal informa-
tion, the hazard warnings and the operating
instructions must be checked to ensure that
they are consistent with the modifications
and must be amended if required.
• Modifications must be designed, checked
and implemented by a design office that
specialises in industrial trucks. The design
office must comply with the standards and
directives valid at the time that modifications
are made.
26 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
Decal information with the following data must

be permanently affixed to the truck so that it is
clearly visible:
• Type of modification
• Date of modification
• Name and address of the company that
carried out the modification
Changes to the overhead guard and

roof loads
DANGER
In the event of the overhead guard failing due to
a falling load or the truck tipping over, there are
potentially fatal consequences for the driver. There
is a risk to life!
Welding and drilling on the overhead guard chan-
ges the material characteristics and the structural
design of the overhead guard. Excessive forces
caused by falling loads or the truck tipping over may
result in buckling of the modified overhead guard
and no protection for the driver.
– Do not perform welding on the overhead guard.
– Do not perform drilling on the overhead guard.
CAUTION
Heavy roof loads damage the overhead guard!
To ensure the stability of the overhead guard at
all times, a roof load may only be mounted on the
overhead guard if the structural design has been
tested and the manufacturer has given approval.
– Seek advice from the authorised service centre
for the mounting of roof loads.
Warning regarding non-original parts

Original parts, attachments and accessories
are specially designed for this truck. We
specifically draw your attention to the fact that
parts, attachments and accessories supplied
by other companies have not been tested and
approved by STILL.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 27
2 Safety
CAUTION
Installation and/or use of such products may there-
fore have a negative impact on the design features
of the truck and thus impair active and/or passive
driving safety.
We recommend that you obtain approval from the
manufacturer and, if necessary, from the relevant
regulatory authorities before installing such parts.
The manufacturer accepts no liability for any da-
mage caused by the use of non-original parts and
accessories without approval.
Damage, defects and misuse of

safety systems
Damage or other defects on the truck or
attachment must be reported to the supervisor
or responsible fleet manager immediately so
that they can have the defect rectified.
Trucks and attachments that are not functional
or safe to drive may not be used until they have
been properly repaired.
Do not remove or deactivate safety systems
and switches.
Fixed set values may only be changed with the
approval of the manufacturer.
Work on the electrical system (e.g. connecting
a radio, additional headlights etc.) is only
permitted with the manufacturer's written
approval. All electrical system interventions
must be documented.
Even if they are removable, roof panels may
not be removed, as they are designed to
protect against small falling objects.
Length of the fork arms
DANGER
Risk of accident due to the incorrect selection of
fork arms!
– The fork arms must match the depth of the load.
If the fork arms are too short, the load may

fall off the arms after it has been picked up.
In addition, be aware that the load centre of
28 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
gravity may shift as a result of dynamic forces,

such as braking. A load that is otherwise
resting safely on the fork arms may move
forwards and fall.
If the fork arms are too long, they can catch
on loading units behind the load that is to be
picked up. These other loading units then fall
over when the load is raised.
– For help with selecting the correct fork arms,
contact the authorised service centre.
Tyres
DANGER
Risk to stability!
Failure to observe the following information and
instructions can lead to a loss of stability. The truck
may tip over, risk of accident!
The following factors can lead to a loss of

stability and are therefore prohibited:
• Different tyres on the same axle, e.g.
pneumatic tyres and superelastic tyres
• Tyres not approved by the manufacturer
• Excessive tyre wear
• Tyres of inferior quality
• Changing rim wheel parts
• Combining rim wheel parts from different
manufacturers
The following rules must be observed to
ensure stability:
• Only use tyres with equal and permitted
levels of wear on the same axle
• Only use wheels and tyres of the same type
on the same axle, e.g. only superelastic
tyres
• Only use wheels and tyres approved by the
manufacturer
• Only use high-quality products
Wheels and tyres approved by the manu-
facturer can be found on the spare parts list.
If other wheels or tyres are to be used, au-
thorisation from the manufacturer must be
obtained beforehand.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 29
2 Safety
– Contact the authorised service centre on

this matter.
When changing wheels or tyres, always
ensure that this does not cause the truck to
tilt to one side (e.g. always replace right-
hand and left-hand wheels at the same
time). Changes must only be made following
consultation with the manufacturer.
If the type of tyre used on an axle is changed,
for example from superelastic tyres to pneu-
matic tyres, the load diagram must be changed
accordingly.
this matter.
Medical equipment
WARNING
Electromagnetic interference may occur on medical
devices!
Only use equipment that is sufficiently protected
against electromagnetic interference.
Medical equipment, such as pacemakers or

hearing aids, may not work properly when the
truck is in operation.
– Ask your doctor or the manufacturer of
the medical equipment to confirm that the
medical equipment is sufficiently protected
against electromagnetic interference.
30 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
Exercise caution when handling gas

springs and accumulators
WARNING
Gas springs are under high pressure. Improper
removal results in an elevated risk of injury.
For ease of operation, various functions on the
truck can be supported by gas springs. Gas springs
are complex components that are subject to high
internal pressures (up to 300 bar). They may under
no circumstances be opened unless instructed to
do so, and may be installed only when not under
pressure. If required, the authorised service centre
will depressurise the gas spring in accordance with
the regulations before removal. Gas springs must
be depressurised before recycling.
– Avoid damage, lateral forces, buckling, tempe-
ratures over 80°C and heavy contamination.
– Damaged or defective gas springs must be
changed immediately.
– Contact the authorised service centre.
WARNING
Accumulators are under high pressure. Improper
installation of an accumulator results in an elevated
risk of injury.
Before starting work on the accumulator it must be
depressurised.
Length of the fork arms
DANGER
Risk of accident due to the incorrect selection of
fork arms!
– The fork arms must match the depth of the load.
If the fork arms are too short, the load may

fall off the arms after it has been picked up.
In addition, be aware that the load centre of
gravity may shift as a result of dynamic forces,
such as braking. A load that is otherwise
resting safely on the fork arms may move
forwards and fall.
If the fork arms are too long, they can catch
on loading units behind the load that is to be
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 31
2 Safety
picked up. These other loading units then fall

over when the load is raised.
– For help with selecting the correct fork arms,
32 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
Residual risk
Residual risk
Residual dangers, residual risks
Despite careful working and compliance with
standards and regulations, the occurrence
of other risks when using the truck cannot be
entirely excluded.
The truck and all other system components
comply with current safety requirements.
Nevertheless, even when the truck is used
for its proper purpose and all instructions
are followed, some residual risk cannot be
excluded.
Even beyond the narrow danger areas of the
truck itself, a residual risk cannot be excluded.
Persons in this area around the truck must
exercise a heightened degree of awareness,
so that they can react immediately in the event
of any malfunction, incident or breakdown etc.
WARNING
All persons that are in the vicinity of the truck
must be instructed regarding these risks that arise
through use of the truck.
In addition, we draw attention to the safety regulati-
ons in these operating instructions.
Risks can include:

• Escape of consumables due to leakages,
rupture of lines and containers etc.
• Risk of accident when driving over difficult
ground such as gradients, smooth or
irregular surfaces, or with poor visibility
etc.
• Falling, tripping etc. when moving on
the truck, especially in wet weather, with
leaking consumables or on icy surfaces
• Fire and explosion risks due to batteries and
electrical voltages
• Human error resulting from failure to
observe the safety regulations,
• Unrepaired damage or defective and worn
components,
• Insufficient maintenance and testing
• Use of incorrect consumables
• Exceeding test intervals
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 33
2 Safety
Residual risk
The manufacturer is not held responsible for

accidents involving the truck caused by the
failure of the operating company to comply
with these regulations either intentionally or
carelessly.
Stability
The stability of the truck has been tested to the
latest technological standards and is guaran-
teed provided that the truck is used properly
and according to its intended purpose. These
standards only take into account the dynamic
and static tipping forces that can arise during
specified use in accordance with the operat-
ing rules and intended purpose. However, the
danger of exceeding the moment of tilt due to
improper use or incorrect operation and losing
stability can never be excluded.
The loss of stability can be avoided or min-
imised by the following actions:
– Always secure the load against slipping,
e.g. by lashing.
– Always transport unstable loads in suitable
containers.
– Always drive slowly when cornering.
– Drive with the load lowered.
– Even with sideshifts, align the load as
centrally as possible with the truck and
transport in this position.
– Avoid turning and diagonally driving across
slopes or gradients.
– Never have the load facing downhill when
travelling on slopes or gradients.
– Pick up only loads of the approved width.
– Always take great care when transporting
suspended loads.
– Do not drive over ramp edges or steps.
Special risks associated with using

the truck and attachments
Approval from the manufacturer and attach-
ment manufacturer must be obtained each
34 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
Residual risk
time the truck is used in a manner that falls

outside the scope of normal use, and in cases
where the driver is not certain that he can use
the truck correctly and without the risk of acci-
dents.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 35
2 Safety
Residual risk
Overview of hazards and counter-

measures
NOTE
This table is intended to help evaluate the
hazards in your facility and applies to all drive
types. It does not claim to be complete.
– Observe the national regulations for the
country in which the truck is being used.
Hazard Measure Check note Notes
√ Complete
- Not applicable
Truck equipment does Test O If in doubt, consult
not comply with local competent factory
regulations inspectorate or
employers' liability
insurance association
Lack of skills and Driver training (sit-on O BGG 925
qualification of driver and stand-on) VDI 3313 driver permit
Usage by unauthorised Access with key only O
persons for authorised persons
Truck not in a safe Recurrent testing and O German Ordinance on
condition rectification of defects Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
Risk of falling when Compliance with O German Ordinance
using working national regulations on Industrial Safety
platforms (different national laws) and Health (BetrSichV)
and employer's liability
insurance associations
Impaired visibility due Resource planning O German Ordinance on
to load Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
Contamination of Assessment of diesel O Technical Regulations
respiratory air exhaust gases for Hazardous
Substances (TRGS)
554 and the German
Ordinance on Industrial
Safety and Health
(BetrSichV)
Assessment of LPG O German threshold limit
exhaust gases values list (MAK-Liste)
and the German
Ordinance on Industrial
Safety and Health
(BetrSichV)
36 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
Residual risk

√ Complete
- Not applicable
Impermissible usage Issuing of operating O German Ordinance on
(improper usage) instructions Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV) and
German Health and
labour protection law
(ArbSchG)
Written notice of O German Ordinance on
instruction to driver Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV) and
German Health and
labour protection law
(ArbSchG)
Note the German O
Ordinance on
Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV),
the operating
instructions and the
German Engineering
Federation (VDMA)
rules
When fuelling
a) Diesel Note the German O
Ordinance on
Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV),
the operating
German Engineering
Federation (VDMA)
rules
b) LPG Note German Social O
Accident Insurance
(DGUV) regulation
D34, the operating
German Engineering
Federation (VDMA)
rules
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 37
2 Safety
Residual risk

√ Complete
- Not applicable
When charging the Note the German O Association for
traction battery Ordinance on Electrical, Electronic
Industrial Safety and and Information
Health (BetrSichV), Technologies (VDE)
the operating regulation 0510: In
instructions and the particular
German Engineering - Ensure adequate
Federation (VDMA) ventilation
rules - Insulation value within
the permissible range
When using battery Note the German O German Ordinance
chargers Ordinance on on Industrial Safety
Industrial Safety and and Health (BetrSichV)
Health (BetrSichV), and employers' liability
employers' liability insurance association
insurance association regulation 104
regulation 104 and the
When parking LPG Note the German O German Ordinance
trucks Ordinance on on Industrial Safety
Industrial Safety and and Health (BetrSichV)
Health (BetrSichV), and employers' liability
insurance association regulation 104
regulation 104 and the
With driverless transport systems
Roadway quality Clean/clear driveways O German Ordinance on
inadequate Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
Load carrier Reattach load to pallet O German Ordinance on
incorrect/slipped Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
Drive behaviour Employee training O German Ordinance on
unpredictable Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
Driveways blocked Mark driveways O German Ordinance on
Keep driveways clear Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
Driveways intersect Announce right-of-way O German Ordinance on
rule Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
No person detection Employee training O German Ordinance on
during depositing and Industrial Safety and
retrieval Health (BetrSichV)
.
38 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
Residual risk
Danger to employees
According to the German Ordinance on Indus-
trial Safety and Health (BetrSichV) and labour
protection law (ArbSchG), the operating com-
pany must determine and assess hazards
during operation, and establish the labour
protection measures required for employ-
ees (BetrSichVO). The operating company
must therefore draw up appropriate operating
instructions (§ 6 ArbSchG) and make them
available to the driver. A responsible person
must be appointed.
NOTE
and "driver".
The construction and equipment of the
truck correspond to the Machinery Directive
2006/42/EC and are therefore marked with
CE labelling. These elements are therefore
not included in the hazard assessment. At-
tachments possess their own CE labelling and
likewise are not included for that reason. The
operating company must, however, select the
type and equipment of the trucks so as to com-
ply with the local provisions for deployment.
The result must be documented (§ 6 Arb-
SchG). In the case of truck applications involv-
ing similar hazard situations, the results may
be summarised. This overview (see chapter
"Overview of hazards and countermeasures")
provides help on complying with this regula-
tion. The overview specifies the main hazards
that are the most frequent cause of accidents
in the event of non-compliance. If other major
operational hazards are involved, they must
also be taken into consideration.
The conditions of use for trucks are broadly
similar in many plants, so the hazards can
be summarised in one overview. Observe
the information provided by the relevant
employers' liability insurance association on
this subject.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 39
2 Safety
Safety tests
Safety tests
Regular safety inspection of the truck
Safety inspection based on time and
extraordinary incidents
truck is checked by a specialist at least once a
year or after particular incidents.
As part of this inspection, a complete check
of the technical condition of the truck must be
performed with regard to accident safety.
In addition, the truck must be thoroughly
checked for damage that could potentially
have been caused by improper use. A test
log must be created. The results from the
inspection must be retained until a further two
inspections have been carried out.
The inspection date is indicated by an adhe-
sive label on the truck.
– Arrange for the service centre to perform
periodic safety inspections on the truck.
– Observe guidelines for checks carried out
on the truck in accordance with FEM 4.004.
The operator is responsible for ensuring any
defects are remedied without delay.
– Contact your service centre.
NOTE
Observe the national regulations for your
country!
Carrying out regular safety inspec-

tions on the LPG system
Technical safety inspection of the LPG
system
The operating company must commission a
competent person to check the LPG system.
Observe the national regulations in the rele-
vant country! In Germany, check the system
in accordance with § 37 of the employers' lia-
bility association regulations BGV D34 entitled
"Accident prevention regulation for the use of
LPG".
40 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
Safety tests
NOTE
and "competent person".
The LPG system must be checked:
• Recurring in regular intervals, but at least
once per year
• After repair work that may affect operational
safety
• After changes that may affect operational
safety
• After breaks in operation of more than one
year.
The following will be checked: proper con-
dition, the possibility of leakages, function,
installation and the functionality of the safety
devices.
The results from the inspection must be
recorded in an inspection document in accor-
dance with BGG 936 (observe the applicable
national regulations). The results must be
retained until the next inspection. The inspec-
tion documents must be available for viewing
by the authorities at any time.
The type and scope of tests may differ accord-
ing to the country. Any differing legal provi-
sions in the respective country of operation
must be observed when using trucks with an
LPG system.
The operating company is responsible for
ensuring any defects are remedied without
delay. In the event of defects, notify the
authorised service centre.
Regularly checking the level of

harmful substances in the exhaust
gas
level of harmful substances in the exhaust gas
is checked recurrently by a competent person
at regular intervals, at least every six months.
Observe the national regulations in the rele-
vant country! In Germany, perform checks in
accordance with § 37 of the employers' liability
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 41
2 Safety
Safety tests
insurance association regulations BGV D34

entitled "Accident prevention regulation for the
use of LPG".
The type and scope of tests may differ accord-
ing to the country. Any differing legal provi-
sions in the respective country of operation
must be observed when using trucks with an
LPG system.
NOTE
and "competent person".
Insulation testing
The truck insulation must have sufficient insu-
lation resistance. For this reason, insulation
testing in accordance with DIN EN 1175 and
DIN 43539, VDE 0117 and VDE 0510 must be
conducted at least once every year.
NOTE
Contact your service centre to arrange for an
insulation test.
Measuring the insulation resistance of

the electrical system
NOTE
Nominal battery voltage < test voltage < 500 V.
– Ensure that all voltage sources have been
disconnected from the circuit to be tested.
– Measure the insulation resistance with a
suitable measuring device.
The insulation resistance can be considered
sufficient if it measures at least 1000 Ω/V for
nominal battery voltage against ground.
42 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
Safety regulations for handling consumables

Permissible consumables
WARNING
Consumables can be dangerous!
– Observe the safety regulations for handling
these materials; refer to the section entitled
"Safety regulations for handling consumables".
– Note the safety datasheets provided by the
manufacturer of the consumables in question.
– The consumables permitted for truck

operation can be found in the maintenance
data table.
LPG
Approved for the VW engine:
• LPG with a propane concentration of max.
95%
• LPG with a butane concentration of max.
80% and a propane concentration of at
least 20%
NOTE
The authorised service centre will need to
adjust the engine control unit for a butane
concentration of 70% or more.
The LPG quality must comply with the re-
quirements of DIN 51622 as a minimum. The
quality is optimum when the LPG complies
with the requirements of EN 589 (automotive
gas).
Condition of the LPG cylinders

DANGER
Risk of explosion!
LPG cylinders must not protrude beyond the edges
of the truck body because collisions with objects or
other trucks could cause them to be damaged.
– Only use LPG cylinders that have been approved
for operation of the LPG system.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 43
2 Safety
Oils
DANGER
Oils are flammable!
– Follow the statutory regulations.
– Do not allow oils to come into
contact with hot engine parts.
– No smoking, fires or naked flames!
DANGER
Oils are toxic!
– Avoid contact and consumption.
– If vapour or fumes are inhaled,
move to fresh air immediately.
– In the event of contact with the
eyes, rinse thoroughly (for at least
10 minutes) with water and then
consult an eye specialist.
– If swallowed, do not induce
vomiting. Seek immediate medical
attention.
WARNING
Prolonged intensive contact with the
skin can result in dryness and irritate
the skin!
– Avoid contact and consumption.
– Wear protective gloves.
– After any contact, wash the skin
with soap and water, and then apply
a skin care product.
– Immediately change soaked
clothing and shoes.
WARNING
There is a risk of slipping on spilled oil, particularly
when combined with water!
– Spilt oil should be removed immediately with
oil-binding agents and disposed of according to
the regulations.
44 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
Oil is a water-polluting substance!
• Always store oil in containers that comply
with the applicable regulations.
• Avoid spilling oils.
• Spilt oil should be removed immediately
with oil-binding agents and disposed of
according to the regulations.
• Dispose of old oils according to the regula-
tions.
Hydraulic fluid
WARNING
These fluids are pressurised during
operation of the truck and are hazar-
dous to your health.
– Do not spill the fluids.
– Do not allow the fluids to come into
contact with hot engine parts.
WARNING
These fluids are pressurised during
operation of the truck and are hazar-
dous to your health.
– Do not allow the fluids to come into
contact with the skin.
– Avoid inhaling spray.
– Penetration of pressurised fluids
into the skin is particularly danger-
ous if these fluids escape at high
pressure due to leaks in the hydrau-
lic system. In case of such injury,
immediate medical assistance is
required.
– To avoid injury, use appropriate
personal protective equipment
(e.g. protective gloves, industrial
goggles, skin protection and skin
care products).
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 45
2 Safety
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
Hydraulic fluid is a water-polluting substance.
• Always store hydraulic fluid in containers
that comply with regulations
• Avoid spills
• Spilt hydraulic fluid should be removed
immediately with oil-binding agents and
disposed of according to the regulations
• Dispose of old hydraulic fluid according to
the regulations
Battery acid
WARNING
Battery acid contains dissolved
sulphuric acid. This is toxic.
– Avoid touching or swallowing the
battery acid at all costs.
– In case of injury, seek medical
advice immediately.
WARNING
Battery acid contains dissolved
sulphuric acid. This is corrosive.
– When working with battery acid,
use appropriate PSA (rubber
gloves, apron, protection goggles).
– When working with battery acid,
never wear a watch or jewellery.
– Do not allow any acid to get
onto clothing or skin or into the
eyes. If this does happen, rinse
immediately with plenty of clean
water.
– In case of injury, seek medical
advice immediately.
– Immediately rinse away spilt
battery acid with plenty of water.
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
– Dispose of used battery acid in line with the
applicable regulations.
46 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
LPG
Always observe the "Use of LPG" (BGV D34)
accident prevention regulations published
by the main trade association of employers'
liability insurance carriers, as well as the
relevant national guidelines.
Liquid gases are the combustible gases,
PROPANE, BUTANE and their mixtures.
LPG is stored in LPG cylinders or LPG tanks
and is kept there ready to drive internal
combustion engines.
The pressure of these gases in the container
depends on the outside temperature and can
reach up to 25 bar or more.
NOTE
In these operating instructions, liquid gases
are called LPG.
DANGER
Risk of explosion! LPG immediately
becomes gaseous when it escapes,
meaning that a hazardous explosive
atmosphere is created immediately.
– Use only anti-static-treated tools
that do not produce sparks.
– Anti-static clothing and footwear
are recommended.
DANGER
Risk of fire!
No open flames (stoves, storm
lanterns, activities producing sparks
etc.) and do not smoke in storage
rooms and when working on the LPG
system!
– In the case of fires involving
LPG, only carbon dioxide dry fire
extinguishers or carbon dioxide
gas extinguishers should be used.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 47
2 Safety
DANGER
Risk of poisoning!
Please ensure that trucks with LPG
systems are only operated in rooms
that are entirely or partially enclosed if
there is no possibility that hazardous
concentrations of noxious exhaust
gas components exist in the air.
CAUTION
Highly flammable! Vapours spread along the
ground. Vapours spread over large areas and can
cause fires and reignition.
– Trucks with an LPG drive must only be parked
in rooms that are above ground level and have
adequate ventilation. They must not be parked
near openings to rooms below ground level.
– Sufficient space must be left around trucks that
have been parked; such areas must not include
cellar openings or cellar access points, pits
or similar cavities, drains without liquid seals,
ventilation shafts and light wells or combustible
material.
Safe use of LPG trucks

The LPG system must be checked for dam-
age and leaks at least once a year by a person
qualified in LPG systems; see ⇒ Chapter "Car-
rying out regular safety inspections on the
LPG system", P. 2-40.
The LPG system is subject to prescribed
maintenance intervals that must be observed.
A person qualified in LPG systems should be
hired immediately to carry out testing if you
are unsure of the type and condition of the
evaporator pressure regulator, or if the LPG
system has not been checked in a long time.
WARNING 1 7311_003-038
Risk of explosion!
When operating a truck with an
LPG system, make sure that the
floor opening (1) below the engine
compartment is not closed. Make sure
there are sufficiently large ventilation
openings (at least 200 cm2 in total) in
the engine compartment floor, so that
gas cannot accumulate.
48 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
Storing pressurised-gas vessels

The cylinder and main shut-off valves must be
closed as soon as the truck is parked.
The special regulations governing the storage
of pressurised-gas containers must be ob-
served without fail, in addition to country-spe-
cific regulations where appropriate.
Pressurised gas containers must be stored as
follows:
• away from sources of ignition and heat
• protected from sunlight
• locked away and not accessible to children
• not in rooms below ground level
• not in stairwells, hallways/landings, con-
fined yards and passageways/thorough-
fares or in their immediate vicinity
• not on steps of outdoor installations
• not in specially marked escape routes
• not in garages
• not in work rooms.
NOTE
Please observe the section entitled "General
requirements for pressurised-gas containers;
Operating pressurised-gas containers" in
the technical regulations for pressurised-gas
containers (TRG 380 and 404), in addition to
your relevant national guidelines.
Electric hand lamps used in these rooms must
be provided with an enclosed sealed cover
and a strong basket guard.
Set-down rooms, storage rooms and mainte-
nance workshops must be well ventilated. It is
important to bear in mind that LPG is heavier
than air. It collects at floor level, in work pits
and other depressions in the ground, where
explosive mixtures of gas and air may be pro-
duced.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 49
2 Safety
Coolant and cooling fluid
WARNING
Coolant and cooling fluid can be
hazardous to your health and the
environment!
Coolants are chemical corrosion inhi-
bitors and cooling system protecting
agents such as Glysantin. The coo-
ling fluid is an appropriate mixture of
water and coolant. Coolant in both
concentrated and dilute form can be
hazardous to your health if swallowed,
or hazardous to the environment if
spilled.
– Store coolant and cooling fluid only
in their original containers and do
not spill them.
– Never store coolant or cooling fluid
in empty food containers, bottles or
other containers.
– Observe the national regulations
for the country of use.
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
– Soak up any spilt coolant or cooling fluid
immediately using an oil binding agent and
dispose of it in accordance with the national
regulations for the country of use.
– Dispose of old coolant or cooling fluid in
accordance with the national regulations for
the country of use.
Disposal of consumables
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
Materials that accumulate during repair,
maintenance and cleaning must be collected
properly and disposed of in accordance with
the national regulations for the country in
which the truck is being used. Work must
only be carried out in areas designated for the
purpose. Care must be taken to minimise any
environmental pollution.
– Soak up any spilt fluids such as hydraulic
oil, brake fluid or gearbox oil using an
oil-binding agent.
50 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
– Neutralise any spilt battery acid immedi-

ately.
– Always observe national regulations con-
cerning the disposal of used oil.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 51
2 Safety
Emissions
Emissions
The values specified apply to a standard truck "Mechanical vibration - Declaration and verifi-
(see technical datasheet). Different tyres, cation of vibration emission values".
lift masts, additional units etc. may produce
different values. Weighted effective value of
acceleration to which the
< 0.6 m/s2
body (feet or seat surface)
Noise emissions is subjected
The values were determined on the basis of Uncertainty K 0.18 m/s2
measuring procedures from the EN 12053
standard (noise measurement for industrial Tests have indicated that the amplitude of the
trucks based on EN 12001 and EN ISO 3744 hand and arm vibrations on the steering wheel
and the requirements of EN ISO 4871). or on the controls in the truck is less than 2.5
m/s 2. There are therefore no measurement
Continuous sound pressure level in the guidelines for these measurements.
driver's compartment1
The personal vibration load on the driver over
LpAZ < 76 dB(A)
a working day shall be determined in accor-
Uncertainty KpA 4 dB(A) dance with the Directive 2002/44/EC by the
operating company (see ⇒ Chapter "Definition
1
: higher continuous sound pressure level with of terms used for responsible persons", P. 22)
cab/without cab at the actual place of use, in order to consider
all additional influences, such as driving route,
The values were determined in the test cycle
intensity of use etc.
on an identical machine from the weighted
values for operating statuses and idling.
Exhaust gases
Time proportions:
CAUTION
• Lifting 18%
• Idling 58% Risk to health from exhaust gases! Exhaust gases
from internal combustion engines are harmful
• Driving 24% to your health. In particular, the soot particles
contained in the diesel exhaust gas can cause
However, the specified noise levels in the truck cancer. When the internal combustion engine is left
cannot be used to determine the noise emis- running, there is a risk of poisoning due to the CO,
sions in the workplace in accordance with the CH and NOx components present in the exhaust
most recent version of Directive 2003/10/EC gas.
(daily personal noise pollution). If necessary, Modern exhaust gas treatment systems (e.g.
these should be determined directly at the catalytic converters, particle filters or comparable
systems) can clean exhaust gases in a way that
workplace under the actual conditions there reduces the health hazard and risk of poisoning
(additional noise sources, special application when operating the truck.
conditions, sound reflections) by the operating – Observe the national laws and regulations when
company; (see ⇒ Chapter "Definition of terms using trucks fitted with an internal combustion
used for responsible persons", P. 22). engine in entirely or partially enclosed working
areas.
– Always ensure sufficient ventilation.
Vibrations
The vibrations of the machine have been The engine releases exhaust gases into the
determined on an identical machine in ac- surrounding environment during operation.
cordance with the standards DIN EN 13059 The exhaust gases consist mainly of steam,
"Safety of industrial trucks - Test methods carbon dioxide (CO2), carbon monoxide (CO),
for measuring vibration" and DIN EN 12096 hydrocarbons (CH), aldehydes, nitrogen oxide
52 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Safety 2
Emissions
(NOX) and soot. The components CO, CH, Heat

NOX and soot are poisonous or are health
hazards, and should not be inhaled at high DANGER
concentrations. Risk of burns caused by hot exhaust
gases!
Exhaust gases or components that
carry exhaust gases (e.g. exhaust
pipes) can become so hot that direct
body contact can cause burns to the
skin and materials that are too close
can be burned or singed.
– Do not grasp or touch hot exhaust
pipes.
– Keep combustible materials away
from the exhaust pipe.
– In the event of burns, seek first aid
immediately.
– If materials start to burn, take fire
protection measures immediately.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 53
2 Safety
Emissions
54 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
3
Overviews
3 Overviews
Truck overview
Truck overview
2 3
1
10
5
9
8
7
6 7335_003-001
1 Lift mast 6 Steering axle

2 Overhead guard 7 Bonnet
3 Driver's compartment 8 Drive axle
4 LPG tank 9 Fork arms
5 Towing device 10 Fork carriage
56 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Overviews 3
Overview of driver's compartment
Overview of driver's compartment
1 Parking brake lever 8 Bottle holder for max. 1.5 l bottles

2 Steering wheel 9 Driver's seat
3 Key switch 10 Compartment
4 Display and operating unit 11 Filler cap for windscreen washer reservoir
5 Compartment for the operating instructions 12 Accelerator pedal
6 Operating devices for hydraulic and drive 13 Brake pedal
functions 14 Steering column adjustment lever
7 Compartment
NOTE
The truck equipment may differ from the
equipment shown.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 57
3 Overviews
Operating devices and display elements

Display operating unit
4 5 6 7 8 9
3 10
2 11
1
8
12
3
1 75 %
6
2
4 9
234,7 h
2 7
12:15
5 0
13
26 14
25 15
16
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
1 Hazard warning system button 15 Operating hours display

2 Front windscreen wiper button 16 Time display (digital)
3 Working spotlight button 17 Particle filter warning display
4 Drive programme selector button 18 Rotating beacon display
5 Lighting button 19 Interior lighting display
6 Lighting symbol 20 Rear window heating display
7 Not assigned 21 Interior light/rotating beacon button
8 Fuel level display (percentage) 22 Rear window heating/particle filter regener-
9 Drive programme display (numerical) ation button
10 Left direction indicator control lamp 23 Menu change button
11 Forward travel display 24 Lighting button
12 Right direction indicator control lamp 25 Blue-Q button
13 Malfunction display 26 Rear window wiper button
14 Reverse travel display
NOTE programmed on the truck. Buttons may be

assigned multiple functions that are called up
Buttons (5, 21, 22) and the accompanying according to the menu navigation. For further
display elements (6, 17, 18, 19, 20) are information, see the "Operating the display
assigned according to the installed equipment and operating unit" chapter.
variant.
The assignment shown here is an example your authorised service centre.
and may differ from the assignment actually
Operating devices for hydraulic and

driving functions
Different versions of the operating devices are
available for operating the truck's hydraulic
and traction functions.
58 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Overviews 3
The truck can be equipped with the following

operating devices:
• Double mini-lever
• Triple mini-lever
• Quadruple mini-lever
• Joystick 4Plus
• Fingertip switch
• Mini-console
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 59
3 Overviews
Double mini-lever
3 4
2
1
5
F1
F2
6
1 "Lift mast" 360° lever

2 Function key "F1"
3 Function key "F2"
4 "Drive direction/turn indicator" cross lever
5 Function key "5th function"
6 "Attachments" cross lever
7 Signal horn button
NOTE
Depending on the specification, various
electric attachment parts can be controlled
via function keys (2) and (3).
• For alterations, contact the authorised
service centre.
60 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Overviews 3
Three-way mini-lever
3 4
5
2
1 6
8 7325_003-026
1 "Lift mast" 360° lever 5 Function key "5th function"

2 Function key "F1" 6 "Auxiliary hydraulics 1" operating lever
4 "Drive direction/turn indicator" cross lever 8 Signal horn button
NOTE
service centre.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 61
3 Overviews
Four-way mini-lever
4 5
3 6
2
7
1
8
9
7325_003-027
1 "Lift/lower" operating lever 6 Function key "5th function"

2 "Tilt" operating lever 7 "Auxiliary hydraulics 1" operating lever
4 Function key "F2" 9 Signal horn button
5 "Drive direction/turn indicator" cross lever
NOTE
service centre.
62 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Overviews 3
Joystick 4Plus
9
1
6 2
5
6210_003-087
1 Horizontal rocker button for "3rd hydraulic 5 LED for clamp locking mechanism (variant)
function", tilt the lift mast 6 Slider for the "4th hydraulic function", e.g.
2 Pictograms for the basic hydraulic functions reach frame forwards/backwards
3 Pictograms for the 5th hydraulic function and 7 Vertical rocker button for the "drive direction"
the clamp locking mechanism (variant) 8 Shift key "F"
4 Pictograms for the 3rd & 4th hydraulic 9 Signal horn button
functions
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 63
3 Overviews
Fingertip
1 2 3 4 5 6
F1 F2
11 10 9 8 7
7325_003-028
1 Function key "F1" 7 "Attachments" operating lever

2 Function key "F2" 8 "Attachments" operating lever
3 Left turn indicator button 9 "Tilt" operating lever
4 Signal horn button 10 "Lift/lower" operating lever
5 Right turn indicator button 11 Drive direction switch
6 Function key "5th function"
NOTE
service centre.
64 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Overviews 3
Mini console
The mini console is located on the steering
column below the steering wheel.
1 7311_003-056
1 Travel direction switch

2 Direction indicator switch
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 65
3 Overviews
66 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
4
Operation
4 Operation
Checks and tasks before daily use

Visual inspections
WARNING
Risk of injury from falling off the truck!
When climbing onto the truck, there
is a risk of getting stuck or slipping
and falling. Use suitable equipment to
reach higher points on the truck.
– Use only the steps provided for this
purpose to climb onto the truck.
– Use equipment such as steplad-
ders or platforms to reach inacces-
sible areas.
Damage to the truck or the attachment

(variant), non-functional switches or safety
systems and modification of predefined
set values can lead to unpredictable and
dangerous situations.
The following checks and tasks enable
causes of this type to be identified in good
time. It is important to run through all the
checks and tasks listed in the following
table from top to bottom before daily use of
the truck.
If damage or other defects are identified
on the truck or the attachment (variant),
the truck must not be used until it has been
properly repaired.
Ensure that the truck is safe for operation each day before it is used:
Component Course of action
Perform a visual inspection to check for deformation
and wear (e.g. to check if they are bent, broken or
Fork arms, general lifting accessories feature significant wear).
Check the condition and function of the fork locking
devices for preventing lifting and shifting.
Lift mast roller tracks Make sure that there is a film of grease.
Perform a visual inspection to ensure that the chains
Load chains
are intact and have adequate and even tension.
Ensure correct mounting in accordance with the
operating instructions of the manufacturer.
Perform a visual inspection to ensure the attach-
Attachments (variant)
ments are intact and not leaking.
Perform checks to ensure the attachments are
working correctly.
68 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4

Check the area under the forklift truck for leaking
Underside
consumables.
Perform a visual inspection for integrity.
Overhead guard, guard grille (variant)
Check for secure mounting.
Steps Make sure they are clean (free of ice, not slippery).
Panes of glass (variant)
Make sure they are clean (also free of ice).
Handholds Check for secure mounting.
Maintenance lids Check the close function and close the lids.
Perform a visual inspection for damage and leak-
ages.
Fuel system, fuel tank
Have damaged components replaced only by the
Perform a visual inspection for integrity and defor-
Battery
mation.
Perform a visual inspection for integrity and defor-
mation.
Bonnet and side flap Check that the interlock is in good condition and is
working correctly.
Check the close function and close the cover.
Perform a visual inspection for deformation and
wear (for example, bent, torn, broken).
Check the securing bush in the counterweight for
Coupling pin, tow coupling (variant)
integrity and that it is working correctly.
Check that the linchpin is present and working
correctly (chain, rope, split pin).
Check for presence, integrity and legibility.
Replace damaged or missing adhesive labels in
Labelling, adhesive label
accordance with the section entitled "Labelling
points".
Driver's seat, seat belt Check the integrity and function.
Lighting, warning units Check the integrity and function.
Ensure cleanliness.
Antistatic belt
The antistatic belt must be long enough to touch the
ground adequately.
Perform a visual inspection for damage and leak-
ages.
Lift and tilt cylinders, tank, valve block, Check the area under the truck for leaking consum-
hoses, pipes, connections ables.
Have damaged components replaced only by the
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 69
4 Operation

Perform a visual inspection for wear and damage.
Make sure that only rims of the same type from the
same manufacturer are fitted.
Wheels, tyres
In the event of uneven tyre wear, replace both tyres.
Observe the safety regulations in the section entitled
"Tyres".
Make sure that no consumables are escaping from
Axle
the axle.
Check the engine oil level. Top up if necessary.
Engine
Check the cooling fluid level. Top up if necessary.
– Do not use the truck if there is any damage

or defects.
– Contact your authorised service centre.
Checking the side cover is locked

– Check whether the side cover is locked,
see ⇒ Chapter "Closing the side service
flap", P. 5-329.
70 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
Climbing into and out of the truck
WARNING
Risk of injury when climbing into and out of the
truck due to slipping, striking parts of the truck or
becoming stuck!
If the footwell cover is very dirty or smeared with oil,
there is a risk of slipping. There is a risk of hitting
your head on the overhead guard post or of your
clothes becoming stuck when climbing out of the
truck.
– Ensure that the footwell cover is non-slip.
– Do not jump into or out of the truck.
– Ensure that you have a secure grip on the truck.
WARNING
Risk of injury when jumping out of the truck!
If your clothing or jewellery (e.g. watch, ring etc.)
becomes stuck on a component while you are
jumping out of the truck, this can lead to serious
injuries (e.g. from falling, loss of fingers etc.). It is
forbidden to jump out of the truck.
– Do not jump out of the truck.
– Do not wear jewellery at work.
– Do not wear loose-fitting workwear.
CAUTION
Components may become damaged through
incorrect use!
Truck components, such as the driver's seat,
steering wheel, parking brake lever etc., are not
designed to be used for climbing in and out of the
truck and can be damaged due to misuse.
– Only use the fittings specifically designed for the
purpose of climbing into and out of the truck.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 71
4 Operation
To assist with climbing into and out of the truck,

the footwell must be used as a step (5) and the 1 2 3
handle (1) must be used for support. The post
of the overhead guard (2) can also be used for
support.
Always climb into the truck forwards:
– Grip the handle (1) with your left hand and
hold on.
– Put your left foot on the step (4).
– Climb into the truck with your right foot first
and sit down on the driver's seat (3).
Always climb out of the truck backwards:
– Grip the handle (1) with your left hand and 5 4
hold on.
7331_003-005
– Stand up from the driver's seat and place

your left foot on the step (4).
– Climb out of the truck right foot first.
Climbing into and out of a truck with

a raised driver's cab
WARNING
Risk of injury when climbing into and out of the
truck due to slipping, striking parts of the truck or
becoming stuck!
If the footwell cover is very dirty or smeared with oil,
there is a risk of slipping. There is a risk of hitting
your head on the overhead guard post or of your
clothes becoming stuck when climbing out of the
truck.
– Ensure that the footwell cover is not slippery.
– Do not jump into or out of the truck.
– Ensure that you have a secure grip on the truck.
72 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
WARNING
Risk of injury when jumping out of the truck!
If your clothing or jewellery (e.g. watch, ring etc.)
becomes stuck on a component while you are
jumping out of the truck, this can lead to serious
injuries (e.g. from falling, loss of fingers etc.). It is
forbidden to jump out of the truck.
– Do not jump out of the truck.
– Do not wear jewellery at work.
– Do not wear loose-fitting workwear.
CAUTION
Components may become damaged through
incorrect use!
Truck components, such as the driver's seat,
steering wheel, parking brake lever etc., are not
designed to be used for climbing in and out of the
truck and may be damaged due to misuse.
– Only use the fittings specifically designed for the
purpose of climbing into and out of the truck.
If the truck is equipped with a raised driver's

cab, the driver's compartment is significantly
higher than that of a standard truck.
For this reason, particular care must be taken
when climbing into and out of the truck. The
following section describes the best procedure
to adopt.
NOTE
The foot that the driver starts with when
climbing into and out of the truck is crucial
in ensuring this action is carried out safely.
This will depend on the number of steps.
To assist when climbing into and out of the
truck, use the handles (2) and (4) for support.
The post of the overhead guard (1) can also
be used for support.
Always climb into the truck facing forwards.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 73
4 Operation

do not let go.
– Grip the handle (4) with your right hand and
do not let go.
– Place your right foot on the bottom step (5).
– Place your left foot on the top step (6).
– Place your right foot into the foot well (7).
– Enter the truck and sit down on the driver's
seat (3).
Always climb out of the truck backwards.
do not let go.
– Stand up from the driver's seat and place
your left foot on the top step (6).
– Grip the handle (4) with your right hand and
do not let go.
– Place your right foot on the bottom step (5).
– Place your left foot on the ground and climb
down from the truck.
Shelves and cup holders
WARNING 1
Objects may fall into the footwell and obstruct the 3
pedals, which poses a risk of accident!
Objects to be stored must be of the correct size so
that they do not fall from the shelves (1) or out of
the cup holder (2). Objects that fall into the footwell
during travel as a result of steering or braking may
slip between the pedals (3) and prevent them from 2
working correctly. Subsequently, it may not be
possible to brake the truck when necessary.
– Bottles of max. 1.5 l may be stored in the cup
holder.
– Make sure that stored objects cannot fall from
the shelves when the truck is started up, steered
or braked. 1 7331_344-001
74 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
Adjusting the MSG 65/MSG 75

driver's seat
DANGER
There is a risk of accident if the seat or seat backrest
shifts suddenly, which could cause the driver to
move in an uncontrolled manner. This may result in
unintentional actuation of the steering or operating
devices and thus cause the truck or load to move in
an uncontrolled fashion.
– Do not adjust the seat or seat backrest while
driving
– Adjust the seat and the seat backrest so that all
operating devices can be actuated safely
– Ensure that the seat and seat backrest are
securely engaged
WARNING
On some equipment variants, the
amount of head clearance on the truck
may be restricted.
On these specific equipment variants,
the distance between the head and
the lower edge of the roofing sheet
must be at least 40 mm.
NOTE
If there are separate operating instructions for
the seat, they must be followed.
WARNING
To obtain optimum seat cushioning, you must ad-
just the seat suspension to your own body weight.
This is better for your back and protects your health.
– To prevent injury, make sure that there are no
objects within the swivel area of the seat
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 75
4 Operation
Moving the driver's seat

– Lift and hold the lever (1)
– Push the driver's seat into the desired
position.
– Release the lever.
– Ensure that the driver's seat is securely
engaged.
1 7094_003-006
Adjusting the seat backrest

Do not put pressure on the seat backrest while
engaging it.
– Lift and hold the lever (2)
– Push the seat backrest into the desired
position.
– Release the lever.
– Ensure that the seat backrest is securely
engaged. 2
NOTE
The backwards tilt angle of the seat backrest
can be restricted by the structural condition of 7094_003-008
the truck.
76 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
Adjusting the seat suspension
NOTE
The driver's seat can be adjusted to suit the
weight of the individual driver. In order to
achieve the best seat suspension setting, the 4
driver should perform the adjustment whilst
sitting in the seat.
NOTE
The driver's seat MSG 65/MSG 75 is designed
for people weighing between 45 kg and
170 kg.
3
NOTE 6321_003-038
The MSG 75 seat is equipped with electric air

suspension that is activated using an electric
switch instead of the lever (3).
– Fully extend the weight-adjusting lever (3)
– Pump it up or down to set the driver's weight.
– Return the weight adjusting lever to the
central initial position before each new lift
(audible click).
– Fully fold in the weight adjusting lever once
adjustment is complete.
NOTE
The driver's weight has been selected cor-
rectly when the arrow (4) is in the centre of the
inspection window. If the seat does not move
any further when you pump the weight adju-
sting lever, the minimum or maximum weight
setting has been reached.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 77
4 Operation
Adjusting the lumbar support (variant)

5
NOTE
The lumbar support can be adjusted to suit
the contours of the individual driver's spine.
Adjusting the lumbar support moves a convex
support cushion into the upper or lower part of
the backrest.
– Turn the turning knob (5) up or down until
the lumbar support is in the desired position
6321_003-039
Adjusting the backrest extension

(variant) 6
– Adjust the backrest extension (6) by pulling
it out or pushing it into the desired position.
To remove the backrest extension, move it
past the end stop by jolting it upwards.
6321_003-040
78 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
Switching the seat heater (variant) on

and off
NOTE
The seat heater only functions if the seat
contact switch is active, i.e. when the driver is
sitting on the driver's seat.
– Switch the seat heater (7) on or off using the
7
switch.
6321_003-041
Adjusting the armrest
DANGER
There is a risk of accident if the armrest lowers sud-
denly, causing the driver to move in an uncontrolled
manner. This can result in unintentional actuation
of the steering or the operating devices and thus
cause uncontrolled movements of the truck or load.
– Do not adjust the armrest while driving.
– Adjust the armrest so that all operating devices
can be actuated safely.
– Ensure that the armrest is securely tightened.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 79
4 Operation
Adjusting the length of the armrest

– Release the star-grip handle (1) by turning
it anti-clockwise.
3 1 2
– Shift the armrest (2) into the desired posi-
tion.
– Tighten the star-grip handle by turning it
clockwise.
– Check that the armrest is firmly attached.
Adjusting the height of the armrest

– Release hand wheel (3) by turning it anti-
clockwise.
– Shift the armrest (2) into the desired posi- 7331_342-001
tion.
– Tighten the hand wheel by turning it clock-
wise.
– Check that the armrest is firmly attached.
Adjusting the steering column
DANGER
Risk of accidents!
Adjusting the steering column during travel may
cause the truck to career out of control.
– Adjust the steering column only when the truck is
at a standstill.
– Ensure that the steering column is engaged. 1
– Press down and hold the lever (2) for
steering column adjustment.
– Position the steering column (1) and release
the lever.
When the steering column engages, the lever
2 6210_424-001
snaps back to the initial position.

– Gently push and pull on the steering column
to make sure that the steering column is
engaged.
80 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
Unlocking the emergency off switch

NOTE
Only trucks with a joystick 4Plus (variant) have
an emergency off switch.
– Pull out the emergency off switch (1) until it
unlatches.
1
6321_003-142
Switching on the key switch
WARNING
Before switching on the key switch, all tests prior
to commissioning must be performed without any
defects being detected.
– Perform tests prior to commissioning.
– Do not operate the truck if defects have been
detected.
– Notify the authorised service centre.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 81
4 Operation
– Insert the switch key (1) into the key switch

0 I
and turn to position "I".
7090_001-002
This initiates a self-test. All lamps in the drive

direction and turn indicator displays light up
briefly.
7312_003-085
82 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
When the key switch is switched on, the

display shows the welcome screen in the set
language until the truck controllers have fully
started up.
Standard display elements

1 2
1 Fuel level
If there is sufficient amount of gas
available, the indicator is not visible in
the display field.
The EMPTY message will only appear
(flashing) in the display field shortly 2
before the gas runs out.
2 Drive programme
234,7 h
The current drive programme (1–5)
appears in the display field. 12:15
3 Operating hours
The operating hours appear in the display
field.
4 3
4 Time
The current time appears in the display
field.
NOTE
Have all repair and maintenance work perfor-
med by an authorised service centre. This is
the only way to permanently correct defects.
– Inform the authorised service centre when
the maintenance interval is reached.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 83
4 Operation
NOTE
Additional information may appear on the
display. If malfunctions occur, note the infor-
mation in the chapter entitled "Malfunctions".
Access authorisation with PIN code

(variant)
Description
Trucks equipped with the "Access authori-
sation with PIN code" variant are protected
against unauthorised use by a five-digit driver
PIN. Up to fifty different driver PINs can be
defined so that the same truck can be used
by different drivers, each with their own driver
PIN.
NOTE
The driver PINs are defined in a truck control
unit menu that can only be accessed by
persons with the corresponding access
authorisation, e.g. fleet managers.
Once the key switch has been switched on,
the input menu for the driver PIN appears
on the display and operating unit screen. All
of the truck's functions (driving, hydraulics,
additional electrical installations and the
display and operating unit displays) are
blocked. The function of the hazard warning
system (variant) is guaranteed. Enter the five-
digit driver PIN (possible entries from 00000 to
99999) to enable the blocked functions. Once
the correct driver PIN has been entered, the
standard displays are shown. All of the truck
functions are available.
The access authorisation can be configured
in such a way that the driver PIN has to be
re-entered each time the driver steps off the
truck, in order for the truck to be operated
again.
this matter.
The first driver PIN is preset to "11111" at the
factory. All others are preset to "0xFFF" but
have no function as the highest valid driver
84 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
PIN is "99999". Persons with the appropriate

access authorisation, e.g. fleet managers, can
change the driver PINs in the corresponding
menu.
NOTE
When first commissioning the truck, we re-
commend you change the access authorisa-
tion set at the factory. This is the only way to
guarantee that the driver PIN is only known to
persons with corresponding access authori-
sation.
The driver PINs are stored in the truck control
unit. These are still available if the display
and operating unit has been changed. The
authorised service centre can use a diagnostic
device to read out the driver PIN and, if
necessary, restore the factory default driver
PIN.
ACCESS CODE input menu

The driver enters the five-digit driver PIN
(00000 to 99999) in this input menu.
The driver PIN is entered using the buttons or
Softkeys (1). The digits entered for the driver
PIN (2) are not visible but are represented by
circles instead. If the driver PIN entered is
correct, the familiar screen appears with the
standard display, and all truck functions are
available.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 85
4 Operation
If an incorrect driver PIN is entered, the

message INVALID appears for a short time.
When the message goes out, the driver PIN
can be re-entered.
3 8
1
6
4 9
2 7
5 0
BQ_023_en_V2
After three invalid entry attempts, the mes-

sage CODE DENIED appears. The input is
then locked for five minutes before another
attempt can be made.
3 8
1
6
4 9
2 7
5 0
BQ_024_en_V2
86 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
Defining the driver PIN

1
NOTE
The driver PINs can be defined only by per-
sons with the appropriate access authorisa-
tion, e.g. fleet managers. To set the driver
PIN, the fleet manager must access the con-
figuration menu. The configuration menu is
password-protected. After entering the pass-
word, the fleet manager can configure general
settings for the truck. To change the pass-
word, see the chapter entitled "Changing the
password".
– Push the drive program selection button (1) 2
and the menu change button (2) at the same Blue-Q_029_V2
time.
PASSWORD appears in the display.
– Enter the four-digit password (factory
1
default: 2777) using the buttons (1).
– Confirm the input using Softkey (2).
3 8
1
6
3 ESC
1 6
4 9 4
2 7
5
2 7
5 0
2
BQ_030_en_V2
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 87
4 Operation
CONFIGURATION appears in the display.

– Use the drive program selection button (1) 1
and the menu change button (3) to select
the ACCESS CODE menu.
– Confirm your selection using Soft-
key (2). 1
3 8
4 9
2 7
5 0
3 2
BQ_31_en
Selecting the driver PIN

In the ACCESS CODE menu, there are fifty 1
possible driver PINs to choose from.
The digit sequences can be set or changed in
the NEW CODE submenu.
3 8
Once the ACCESS CODE menu has been ac- 1

6
cessed, the CODE selection field (2) contains 4 9

the number 1. The first of the fifty driver PINs 2 7
can now be defined. 5 0
– Use the drive program selection button (1)

the desired driver PIN (1 to 50). 4 3 2
key (3). BQ_025_en_V3
88 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
NEW CODE appears in the display.

– Enter the desired driver PIN using the
buttons or Softkeys (5).
The digits entered do not appear in the display.
Instead they are represented by circles in the
NEW CODE field (6).
CONFIRM appears in the display.

The CONFIRM submenu is used to confirm
7
the new driver PIN.
– Enter the new driver PIN for a second time
in the CONFIRM field (8) using the buttons
or Softkeys (7). 1
3 8
1
3
6
8
6 4 9
If the entry matches the new driver PIN

2 7
5 0
4 9
previously entered, the system will accept 7
the new driver PIN once the last digit has
2
5 0
been entered. The display switches back to
the ACCESS CODE menu.
Another driver PIN can be defined here. 8
BQ_026_en
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 89
4 Operation
If the driver PIN entered in the CONFIRM sub-

menu does not match the driver PIN entered
previously in the NEW CODE submenu, the
message INVALID will appear.
The message will then disappear after a short
time. The new driver PIN can be entered in 3 8
the CONFIRM submenu for further confirma- 1
6
tion. 4 9
2 7
5 0
BQ_023_en_V2
After three incorrect entries, the CODE DE-

NIED message appears.
The display switches back to the ACCESS
CODE menu. The desired driver PIN must be
re-defined.
3 8
1
6
4 9
2 7
5 0
BQ_024_en_V2
90 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
Changing the password

It is recommended that you change the factory 1
default password.
NOTE
The password can only be changed when the
parking brake is applied.
– Push the drive program selection button (1)
and the menu change button (2) at the same
time.
2
Blue-Q_029_V2
PASSWORD appears in the display.

– Enter the current password using the
1
buttons (1).
– Confirm the input using Softkey (2).
3 8
1
6
3 ESC
1 6
4 9 4
2 7
5
2 7
5 0
2
BQ_030_en_V2
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 91
4 Operation
CONFIGURATION appears in the display.

– Use the drive program selection button (1) 1
the PASSWORD menu.
key (2). 1
3 8
4 9
2 7
5 0
3 2
BQ_032_en
PASSWORD/PASSWORD LEVEL appears in

the display.
1
– Use the drive program selection button (1)
the desired PASSWORD LEVEL (2).
– Confirm your selection using Soft- 1
3 8
key (3). 6
4 9
2 7 1
5 0
4 3 2
BQ_033_en
92 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
NEW CODE appears in the display.

The four-digit password can be entered using
1 2 3
the buttons (1).
CAUTION
Do not enter the password 1777! 3 8
If this password is entered, the configuration op- 1

6
tions for the fleet manager are restricted to driver
3 ESC
1 6
4 9 4
authorisations and cannot be reset independently. 2

5
7
7
The authorisations can only be reset by the autho-
2
5 0
rised service centre!
– Enter the new desired password using the

buttons (1). 4
The digits entered are shown in plain text in
the NEW CODE field (4). BQ_034_en_V2

key (3).
In the NEW CODE field, -??- appears briefly.
The new password is confirmed.
– Press Softkey (2) to correct the new
password.
The display switches back to PASS-
WORD/PASSWORD LEVEL.
– Repeat the process steps from PASS-
WORD/PASSWORD LEVEL.
– To exit the configuration menu, press
Softkey (2) repeatedly until the standard
display appears.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 93
4 Operation
Operating the signal horn

1
– Push the signal horn button (1).
F1 F2
1
The signal horn sounds.
NOTE
The signal horn is used to warn people against
imminent danger or to announce your intention
to overtake.
1
7314_003-058
Seat belt
DANGER
Even when using an approved
restraint system, there is some
residual risk that the driver might be
injured if the truck tips over.
This risk of injury can be reduced
through the combined use of the
restraint system and the seat belt.
In addition, the seat belt protects
against the consequences of rear-end
collisions and falling off a ramp.
– We therefore recommend that you
also use the seat belt.
94 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
DANGER
Only bracket doors (variant) or the driver's cab
(variant) with closed, fixed doors constitute a driver
restraint system. Plastic doors (weather protection)
do not constitute a restraint system!
If you need to open or remove the doors, you must
use an alternative suitable restraint system (e.g. a
seat belt).
Fastening the seat belt

DANGER
Risk to life when driving without a seat belt!
If the truck tips over or crashes into an obstacle
and the driver is not wearing the seat belt, the driver
may be thrown from the truck. The driver could slide
3
under the truck or collide with an obstacle. 2
There is a risk of fatal injury!
– Fasten the seat belt before every trip.
– Do not twist the seat belt when fastening it.
1
– Only use the seat belt to secure one person.
– Have any malfunctions repaired by the authori-
sed service centre.
NOTE
7311_003-048
The buckle has a buckle switch (variant). In

the event of an operating error or malfunction,
the message SAFETY BELT appears in the
display and operating unit, see the chapter
entitled "Display messages".
– Pull the seat belt (3) out of the belt retractor
without jerking and fasten closely around
the body over the thighs.
NOTE
Sit as far back as possible so that your back
is leaning against the seat backrest. The
automatic blocking mechanism permits
sufficient freedom of movement on the seat.
– Click the belt tongue (2) into buckle (1).
– Check tension of the seat belt. It should be
close to the body.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 95
4 Operation
Fastening on a steep slope

The automatic blocking mechanism prevents
the belt from being extended whenever the
truck is on a steep gradient. It is not possible
to pull the seat belt any further out of the belt
retractor.
– Move away carefully on the slope.
– Fasten the seat belt.
6210_342-005
Releasing the seat belt

– Push the red button (4) on the buckle (1).
– Manually guide the belt tongue slowly back
to the retractor.
NOTE
Do not allow the seat belt to retract too quickly.
The automatic blocking mechanism may be
triggered if the belt tongue strikes the housing.
It will then no longer be possible to pull the seat
belt out with the usual force. 4
– Using increased force, pull the seat belt
around 10-15 mm out of the retractor to
disengage the blocking mechanism.
– Slowly allow the seat belt to retract again. 1 7090_342-005
– Protect the seat belt from dirt (for example,

by covering it).
Malfunction due to cold

– If the buckle or belt retractor is frozen, thaw
them out and dry them thoroughly to prevent
recurrence.
96 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
CAUTION
The seat belt may be damaged by heat!
Do not subject the buckle or belt retractor to exces-
sive heat when thawing.
– Do not use air warmer than 60°C when thawing.
Using the driver's cab
DANGER
Risk of fatal injury in the event of falling from the
truck if it tips over!
In order to prevent the driver from sliding under-
neath the truck and being crushed if the truck tips
over, a restraint system must be in place and must
be used. This will prevent the driver from falling out
of the truck if it tips over. The driver's cab constitu-
tes a driver restraint system only if the cab door is
sturdy and closed. Fabric-covered cabs (variant)
with doors made of plastic or canvas do not consti-
tute a driver restraint system and offer no protection
from the consequences of the truck tipping over!
– Close the cab door before operation.
– If the door is open or has been removed, use a 7331_341-002
comparably secure restraint system.
– We recommend that you always use the seat
belt.
Opening the LPG cylinder valve
DANGER
There is a risk of explosion if LPG
escapes.
Escaping LPG may explode when
exposed to ignition sources and cause
serious accidents.
– Do not smoke or use a naked
flame/lighter.
– Do not start the engine.
– Close the cylinder valve.
– Notify your authorised service
centre.
– LPG cylinders should be opened in
well-ventilated spaces, away from
openings in the ground.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 97
4 Operation
DANGER
Risk of explosion from spark dis-
charge!
– Do not use a striking tool when
opening and closing.
WARNING
LPG can cause frostbite on the skin.
CAUTION
Opening the cylinder valve too quickly can lead to
the system icing over.
– Open the cylinder valve slowly.
– Open the cylinder valve (1) by slowly turning

the star-grip handle anti-clockwise.
– Check whether the smell of gas is evident.
– Check whether the hose (2) is securely
connected to the gas cylinder.
– Check to see whether the hose and connec- 1
tion screw joints have iced over.
7311_136-003
98 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11
Operation 4
Opening the LPG cylinder valve for a

double-cylinder holder
DANGER
escapes.
serious accidents.
flame/lighter.
– Do not start the engine.
– Close the cylinder valve.
– Notify your authorised service
centre.
– LPG cylinders should be opened in
DANGER
charge!
WARNING
LPG can cause frostbite on the skin!
CAUTION
Opening the cylinder valve too quickly can lead to
the system icing over.
– Open the cylinder valve slowly.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 99
4 Operation
– To open the upper gas cylinder (1), push the

1
lever (2) down.
3
– Open the cylinder valve (3) of the upper
gas cylinder by slowly turning the star-grip
handle anti-clockwise.
– Check the cylinder valve (4) of the lower gas
cylinder.
The valve must be closed.
– If necessary, close the valve of the lower
gas cylinder by turning it clockwise.
2
4
– To open the lower gas cylinder (1), push the

lever (2) up.
4
– Open the cylinder valve (3) of the lower
gas cylinder by slowly turning the star-grip
handle anti-clockwise.
– Check the cylinder valve (4) of the upper
gas cylinder.
The valve must be closed.
– If necessary, close the valve of the upper
gas cylinder by turning it clockwise.
2
3
– Check whether the hose is securely con-
nected to the gas cylinder.
1
– Check to see whether the hose and connec-
100 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Opening the LPG tank shut-off valve

1
DANGER
2
Risk of explosion due to escaping
LPG!
serious accidents.
flame/lighter.
– LPG tank shut-off valves (variant)
should only be opened in well-
ventilated areas and not near
openings in the floor.
– Observe the safety regulations for
working with LPG; see ⇒ Chap-
ter "LPG", P. 2-47. 7335_135-003
DANGER
LPG!
Do not start the engine if a leak or
smell of gas or other such indications
are evident. Do not start the engine.
– Contact your STILL service centre.
– Check if the hose (1) is securely connected

to the LPG tank.
DANGER
charge!
Striking tools must not be used for
WARNING
– Always wear protective gloves.
CAUTION
Opening quickly can lead to the system icing over.
– Open the shut-off valve (2) by slowly turning it to
the "OPEN" position.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 101

4 Operation

If a leak is detected:
• Do not start the engine.
• Close the shut-off valve (2).
• Contact your supervisor and/or STILL
service centre.
The fuel level display (3) (variant) displays
how much LPG is available.
75 %
3
2
234,7 h
12:15
7314_003-011
102 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Starting the engine 0 I II

DANGER
Risk to health from exhaust gases!
enclosed spaces. The engine consumes oxygen 1
other poisonous gases.
– Observe the national laws and regulations when
using trucks with an internal combustion engine
in entirely or partially enclosed working areas.
– Always ensure that there is sufficient ventilation
available.
– Apply the parking brake.

– Insert the switch key (1) into the key switch 7071_003-101
and turn to position "I".

– If the START display lights up, turn the
switch key to position "II" and hold in this
position until the engine starts.
– Release the switch key as soon as the
engine has started. 3 8
If the engine does not start after 20 seconds,

6
stop the starting procedure and repeat after

4 9
one minute.
7
5 0
CAUTION
Risk of engine damage!
If the OIL PRESSURE message appears on the
display after starting the engine, there may be in-
sufficient engine lubrication. Insufficient lubrication
may cause engine damage. 7312_003-088_en
– Stop the engine immediately.

– Check the engine oil level and top up if necessary
– If the message continues to appear, notify the
– Please note the information in the chapter

entitled "Malfunctions".
NOTE
If the engine does not start due to a discharged
battery, it can be jump-started.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 103

4 Operation
Checking the brake system for

correct function
DANGER
If the brake system fails, the truck is insufficiently
braked or not braked at all, so there is a risk of
accident!
– Do not commission trucks with a defective brake
system.
1
Checking the foot brake
– Release the parking brake.
– Depress the brake pedal (1).
5060_003-015
There must be a slight pedal clearance and

then a noticeable brake pressure point.
– Accelerate the unladen truck in a clear area.
– Press the brake pedal firmly.
The truck must decelerate noticeably.
Checking the parking brake

DANGER
If the truck rolls away, there is a risk of being run
over and therefore a danger to life!
– The truck must not be parked on a slope.
– In emergencies, secure with wedges on the side
facing downhill.
– Only leave the truck when the parking brake is
applied.
– Actuate the parking brake at walking speed

or on a steep gradient.
The truck must stop and remain stationary.
– If the truck continues to roll despite the
parking brake being applied, notify the 6210_342-005
104 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Checking the steering system for

correct function 1
DANGER
If the hydraulics fail, there is a risk of accident as the
steering characteristics have changed.
– Do not operate the truck if it has a defective
steering system.
– Operate steering wheel (1). The steering

play while stationary must not be more than
two finger widths.
NOTE
If the truck is switched on with the steering 5060_003-031
wheel turned, the maximum driving speed is

limited. Travel speed limitation is removed
as soon as the steering wheel is moved out
of a cornering position into the straight-ahead
position. This requires a change in steering
angle of about half a revolution.
Checking the emergency off function
WARNING
No electric braking assistance is available when the
emergency off switch is actuated!
Actuating the emergency off switch will de-energise
the entire electrical system.
– To brake, actuate the service brake.
NOTE
Only trucks with a joystick 4Plus (variant) have
an emergency off switch.
– Slowly drive the truck forwards. 1
6321_003-142
– Press the emergency off switch (1).
The truck will coast.
– Brake the truck to a standstill by actuating
the brake pedal.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 105

4 Operation
NOTE
In trucks with an electric parking brake, the
electric parking brake will be applied as soon
as the truck comes to a stop.
– Pull out the emergency off switch (1).
The knob is unlocked and pops out. The truck
performs an internal self-test and is then ready
for operation again.
Zero adjustment of the load mea-

surement (variant)
NOTE
A zero adjustment must be carried out in
order to guarantee the accuracy of the load
measurement (variant) at all times. Zero
adjustment is required
• Before daily use
• after changing the fork arms
• after fitting or changing attachments.
NOTE
Accurate zero adjustment is only possible if
the fork is not carrying a load. Do not take up a
load yet.
NOTE
Accurate zero adjustment is only possible
within the first lifting stage of the lift mast.
When carrying out the zero adjustment, do not
raise the fork more than 800 mm above the
ground.
NOTE
The way in which the lifting system is operated
depends on the operating devices included in
the truck's equipment; see the chapter entitled
"Lifting system operating devices".
– Set lift mast to vertical.
– Raise the fork to a height of 300-800 mm.
106 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
– Press the Softkey (1).

The zero adjustment of the load measurement
is switched on. The symbol is displayed.
The message LOWER FORKS appears on the
display.
NOTE
During the following process, the fork carriage
must be lowered slightly and then stopped
abruptly. While doing so, the fork must
not touch the ground, otherwise the zero 1 2
adjustment will not be accurate. To stop
the lowering procedure quickly, release the
operating device for lowering so that it jumps
into the zero position. 6210_003-071_V2
– Lower the fork carriage slightly and release

the operating device.
When the zero adjustment has been carried
out correctly, the value "0 kg" appears on the
display.
– The zero adjustment of the load measure-
ment is completed. The symbol (2) is
displayed.
Checking the vertical lift mast

position (variant) for correct function
NOTE
The function check of the lift mast vertical
position (variant) must be carried out every
time a truck is commissioned.
The comfort feature "lift mast vertical posi-
tion" is switched on. The symbol (2) is
displayed. 1 2
– Tilt the lift mast backwards.
The lift mast must tilt back fully and move
gently as far as the end stop.
6210_003-067_V2
– Tilt the lift mast forward.

The lift mast must tilt forwards and stop in the
vertical position.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 107

4 Operation
– Release the operating device to tilt and

actuate again.
The lift mast must tilt forwards fully and move
gently as far as the end stop.
Filling the washer system
CAUTION
Components may become damaged due to the
effects of frost!
Water expands when it freezes. If there is no
anti-freeze in the washer system, the system may
be damaged due to the build up of ice in freezing
conditions.
– Always use washer fluid containing anti-freeze.
The windscreen washer reservoir is under the

compartment behind the driver's seat. The
sight glass (1) displays the fill level.
– Open filler cap (2) for the windscreen
washer reservoir.
– Fill the windscreen washer reservoir with
washer fluid and anti-freeze in accor-
dance with the maintenance data table; 2
see ⇒ Chapter "Maintenance data ta-
ble", P. 5-325.
– Close lid.
– Operate washer system until washer fluid is
discharged from the spray nozzles. 1
7331_341-001
108 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Cleaning the dust valve

– Open the service flap on the right-hand
side under the driver's cab; see ⇒ Chap-
ter "Opening the side service flap", P. 5-328.
– Press the dust valve (1) on the air filter
housing between your fingers until no more
dust is emitted. 1
– Close the service flap on the right-hand side
under the driver's cab again; see ⇒ Chap-
ter "Closing the side service flap", P. 5-329.
7331_132-001
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 109

4 Operation
Operating the display-operating unit

Displays
Standard display elements
1 2
In the factory setting, the following indicators
can be seen in the display and operating unit:
1 Fuel level
Shows the fuel level in the fuel tank in %. 75 %
2 Drive programme
Displays the current drive programme
2
numerically (1-5). The drive programme
can be changed; see the chapter entitled 234,7 h
"Setting the drive programme".
3 Operating hours 12:15
Displays the total operating hours
completed by the truck. The hour meter
operates as soon as the engine is started. 4 3
4 Time
Displays the current time digitally in hours
and minutes. The time can be adjusted;
see the chapter entitled "Setting the
time".
Additional indicators
5 Menu change button 5 6 7
When the menu change button is
pressed, the following additional indi-
cators appear:
6 "Service in" indicator 990h
Displays the remaining time in hours until 0.0km
the next service work has to be carried out
according to the maintenance schedule 0.0km/T
in the maintenance instructions. Contact 1.2h/T
the authorised service centre in good
time.
7 Total distance
Displays the total distance driven in
kilometres.
9 8
8 Daily kilometres
Displays the kilometres driven for the
day.
9 Daily driving time
Displays the hours driven for the day.
110 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Adjusting the displays

NOTE
The parking brake must always be engaged
when you adjust the displays. The displays
cannot be adjusted if the parking brake is not
engaged.
NOTE
When adjusting the displays, do not actuate
the hydraulic system operating devices. If you
do, entry is interrupted and the display returns
to the operating display.
The displays are adjusted in the CONFIGU-
RATION menu.
– Turn the key switch to position "I".
– Press the drive program button (1) and the
menu change button (2) at the same time.
1
2
Blue-Q_029_V2
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 111

4 Operation
The display changes to the PASSWORD menu.
NOTE 1
It may be necessary to enter a password in
order to configure the displays. This depends
on the configuration of the display-operating 3 8
unit. 1
6
3 ESC
• For configuration of the display-operating

1 6
4 9 4
2 7
5
unit, contact the authorised service centre 2 7
5 0
2
BQ_030_en_V2

The display changes to the CONFIGURA- 1 2 3
TION menu.
The following settings are possible and can be
found in the corresponding chapter:
• Setting the date and time ESC
• Resetting the daily kilometres and daily

operating hours
• Setting the language
• Configure Blue-Q
7312_003-056_en_V3
Symbols in the display

Messages
To show operating messages, warning
messages or error messages in the display,
text messages and symbols are used.
Symbols for operating messages

Description Symbol
Empty field No display
Please wait
112 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Description Symbol
Service required
Lift limitation
Reference cycle
Battery charging
Drive program
Hour meter
Odometer
Daily hour meter
Daily odometer
Speed
Steering angle
Load
Time
Hydraulic system
Exh.gas purifier
Coolant temperature
Fuel level
Blue-Q
Power rating (average)
Power rating (trend)
.
Symbols for warning messages

Description Symbol
Parking brake
Actuate seat switch
Safety belt
Battery acid level
Neutral warning message
Are you sure?
Oil pressure
.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 113

4 Operation
Symbols for error messages

Description Symbol
Brake system malfunction
Overheating of the engine
Overheating
Malfunction in the electrical system
General malfunction
.
Symbols for softkey functions of auxiliary

equipment
The following symbols for softkey functions
are used on the left of the display for auxiliary
equipment:
Description Symbol
General function OFF
General function ON
Rear working spotlight OFF
Rear working spotlight ON
Front working spotlight OFF
Front working spotlight ON
Windscreen heating OFF
Windscreen heating ON
Rear window heating OFF
Rear window heating ON
Interior lighting OFF
Interior lighting ON
Roof wiper/washer OFF
Roof wiper/washer ON
Heater blower OFF
Heater blower ON
Rotating beacon OFF
Rotating beacon ON
114 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Description Symbol
Seat heater OFF
Seat heater ON
Signal horn OFF
Signal horn ON
Cruise control OFF
Cruise control ON
Automatic mast vertical positioning OFF
Automatic mast vertical positioning ON
Load measurement zero adjustment OFF
Load measurement zero adjustment ON
Load measurement OFF
Load measurement ON
.
Symbols for softkey functions for menu

navigation and for acknowledging
messages
The following symbols for the softkey functions
are used on the left of the display for menu
navigation and to acknowledge messages:
Description Symbol
Cancel input
Confirm input
Confirm information
Reset
Back by one menu level
Back to the previous edit field
Scroll up
Scroll down
Count up
Count down
.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 115

4 Operation
Status LEDs of the function keys for

additional electrical installations
The current switch status of a button is indi-
cated with LEDs next to the relevant function
key for the additional electrical installation.
Description LED
Function off LED OFF
Function on LED ON
.
Symbols for numeric keypad

The buttons and Softkeys that can be used to
enter numbers and to cancel or confirm input
values are shown in the display.
Screen for entering the fleet manager pass-
word:
3 ESC
1 6
4
2 7
5
BQ_037
116 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Screen for entering the driver PIN (access

code):
3 8
1 6
4 9
2 7
5 0
BQ_038
Setting the date or time

– Switch to the CONFIGURATION menu; 1 2 3 4
see the chapter entitled "Adjusting the
displays".
– Press the Drive programme button (1) or 8
3
the Menu change button (2) repeatedly until 6
the TIME option appears. 4 9
– Confirm your selection using the Soft- 7
key (4). 5 0
The TIME menu appears.

– Press and hold down the Drive programme
button (1) or Menu change button (2) until
the desired time appears on the display.
7312_003-054_en_V3
As the buttons are held down for longer, the

scrolling speed increases in three levels.
– Confirm the set time using Softkey (4).
– Use the Softkey (3) to exit the menu and
return to the next level up.
NOTE
The date is set in a similar manner.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 117

4 Operation
Resetting the daily kilometres and

daily operating hours 1 2 3 4
The daily number of kilometres and daily
operating hours displays can be reset to zero:
– Switch to the CONFIGURATION menu; 3 8
see the chapter entitled "Adjusting the 6
displays". 4 9
– Press the Drive programme button (1) or 7
the Menu change button (2) repeatedly until

5 0
the DAY KM option appears.

– Confirm your selection using the Soft-
key (4).
The DAY KM menu appears.
7312_003-055_en_V4
– Reset the displayed mileage using Soft-

key (4).
NOTE
The daily operating hours are reset in the
same manner.
Setting the language

The displays can be shown in additional 1 2 3 4
languages:
– Switch to the CONFIGURATION menu;
see the chapter entitled "Adjusting the 8
3
displays". 6
– Press the drive programme button (1) or the 4 9
menu change button (2) repeatedly until the 7
LANGUAGE option appears. 5 0

key (4).
The LANGUAGE menu appears.
– Press drive program button (1) or menu 7312_003-058_en_V4
change button (2) until the desired language
appears in the display.
key (4).
118 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4

Softkeys for operating various

equipment variants
Additional functions can be displayed on the
display-operating unit. These additional
functions, e.g. a rotating beacon, can be
switched on and off using Softkeys.
Changing the Softkey functions:
A grey bar (3) highlights the Softkey column. 1 2 3
This is the right-hand column in the example
shown here. These additional functions
can now be switched on and off via the
corresponding Softkeys (2). The right-hand
column is only populated with additional
functions if the truck has more than three
equipment variants that can be switched on
and off using Softkeys.
In this case, proceed as follows to switch
between the two columns:
– Briefly press the Menu change button (1).
The grey bar jumps to the left-hand col-
umn. These additional functions can now
ABE_Softkeytasten_V2
be switched on and off via the corresponding

Softkeys (2).
NOTE
Press the Menu change button (1) for approx.
1 second to switch between the individual
menus on the display-operating unit.
NOTE
The additional functions depend on the
individual equipment of the truck and may
vary from those shown here.
Configuring Blue-Q efficiency mode

The following operating modes can be se-
lected to activate the Blue-Q efficiency mode:
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 119

4 Operation
STANDARD
• Blue-Q is turned off whenever the truck
is commissioned. The driver can use the
Blue-Q button to switch efficiency mode on
and off at any time while the truck is being
operated
FIXED
• Blue-Q is switched on permanently when-
ever the truck is commissioned and during
truck operation. The driver cannot turn effi-
ciency mode off
FIXED-FLEX
• Blue-Q is turned on whenever the truck
is commissioned. The driver can use the
Blue-Q button to switch efficiency mode on
and off at any time while the truck is being
operated
– Switch to the CONFIGURATION menu;
see the chapter entitled "Adjusting the 1 2 3 4
displays".
– Keep pressing the drive programme button
(1) or the menu change button (2) until op-
tion BLUE Q CONFIGURATION appears. 3 8
– Confirm your selection with Softkey (4). 6
4 9
The BLUE-Q CONFIGURATION menu 7
appears. 5 0
– Press drive program button (1) or menu

change button (2) until the desired effi-
ciency mode appears in the display.
– Confirm the set efficiency mode using
Softkey (4). 7312_003-179_en

Shock recognition (variant)

The shock recognition is an equipment variant
of the FleetManager (variant) in which an
acceleration sensor is installed in the truck.
The acceleration sensor records data arising
from rapid accelerations or decelerations of
the truck, e.g. in the event of an accident.
This data can be electronically read out and
evaluated.
120 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4

Additional settings
By entering a password, it is possible to set
or find other values. The values must only be
changed by your service centre.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 121

4 Operation
Blue-Q efficiency mode

Functional description
The Blue-Q efficiency mode affects both the
drive unit and the activation of the additional
consumers, and reduces the truck's energy
consumption.
If the efficiency mode has been activated, the
acceleration behaviour of the truck changes to
make acceleration more moderate.
When travelling at low speeds—normally
when manoeuvring—no reduction is notice-
able despite the activated efficiency mode.
For moderate speeds of at least approx.
7 km/h, acceleration is gentler. Therefore,
on distances of up to approx. 40 m, lower
speeds are reached than would be the case if
the efficiency mode was not activated.
Blue-Q has no influence on:
• Maximum speed
• Climbing capability
• Traction
• Braking characteristics
NOTE
The Blue-Q efficiency mode can be swit-
ched on and off in the STANDARD and FI-
XED-FLEX operating modes. If the FIXED
operating mode is configured in the display
operating unit, the Blue-Q button has no func-
tion and the Blue-Q efficiency mode is swit-
ched on permanently; see also chapter "Con-
figuring Blue-Q efficiency mode".
122 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Switching off additional consumers

If the Blue-Q efficiency mode is activated,
the controller switches off various additional
consumers after a few seconds in certain con-
ditions. The additional consumers available
depend on the truck equipment. The following
table shows the conditions that cause addi-
tional consumers to be switched off. Only one
of the conditions listed must be met.
Additional consumers Condition
Seat switch not
Truck stopped Truck is in motion
actuated
Front working
X X Backwards > 3 km/h
spotlights
Rear working spotlights X X Forwards
Top double working
X X > 3 km/h
spotlight
Headlights X X -
Front wiper X X Backwards > 3 km/h
Rear wiper X X Forwards
Seat heater X - -
Cab heating X - -
NOTE
On the version with StVZO (German Road
Traffic Licensing Regulations) equipment, the
Blue-Q efficiency mode does not switch off
the lighting devices headlights and working
spotlights, side lights, rear lights and license
plate lamps.
Switching efficiency mode Blue-Q on

and off
NOTE
The Blue-Q efficiency mode can be swit-
ched on and off in the STANDARD and FI-
XED-FLEX operating modes. If the FI-
XED operating mode is configured in the
display-operating unit, the Blue-Q button is
disabled and the Blue-Q efficiency mode is
switched on permanently. For information on
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 123

4 Operation
configuring the Blue-Q operating modes, see

the "Configuring Blue-Q efficiency mode" sec-
tion.
– Press the Blue-Q button (2) to switch on
Blue-Q.
The Blue-Q symbol (1) is displayed. The
1
LED (3) illuminates in blue. Blue-Q efficiency
mode is switched on.
– To switch it off, press the Blue-Q button (2)
again.
2
The Blue-Q symbol (1) and the LEDs (3) go
out. Blue-Q efficiency mode is switched off.
3 2
124 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Driving
Driving
Safety regulations when driving
Driving conduct
The driver must follow the public rules of the
road when driving in company traffic.
The speed must be appropriate to the local
conditions.
For example, the driver must drive slowly
around corners, in tight passageways, when
driving through swing-doors, at blind spots, or
on uneven surfaces.
The driver must always maintain a safe
braking distance from vehicles and persons in
front, and must always have the truck under
control. Stopping suddenly, turning quickly
and overtaking at dangerous or blind spots
must be avoided.
– Initial driving practice must be carried out in
an empty space or on a clear roadway.
The following are forbidden during driving:
• Allowing arms and legs to hang outside the
truck
• Leaning the body over the outer contour of
the truck
• Climbing out of the truck
• Moving the driver's seat
• Adjusting the steering column
• Releasing the seat belt
• Disabling the restraint system
• Raising the load higher than 300 mm
above the ground (with the exception
of manoeuvring processes during the
placement into stock/removal from stock
of loads)
• Using electronic devices, for example
radios, mobile phones etc.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 125

4 Operation
Driving
WARNING
The use of multimedia and communication equip-
ment as well as playing these devices at an exces-
sive volume during travel or when handling loads
can affect the operator's attention. There is a risk of
accident!
– Do not use devices during travel or when hand-
ling loads.
– Set the volume so that warning signals can still
be heard.
WARNING
In areas where use of mobile phones is prohibited,
use of a mobile phone or radio telephone is not
permitted.
– Switch off the devices.
Visibility when driving

The driver must look in the drive direction and
have a sufficient view of the driving lane.
Particularly for reverse travel, the driver must
be sure that the driving lane is clear.
When transporting goods that impair visibility,
the driver must drive the truck in reverse.
If this is not possible, a second person acting
as a guide must walk in front of the truck.
In this case the driver must only move at
walking pace and with extra care. The truck
must be stopped immediately if eye contact
with the guide is lost.
Rear-view mirrors are only to be used for
observing the road area behind the truck and
not for reverse travel. If visual aids (mirror,
monitor) are necessary to achieve sufficient
visibility, it is necessary to practise using them.
For reverse travel using visual aids, extra care
should be taken.
When using attachments, special conditions
apply; see the chapter entitled "Fitting attach-
ments".
Any glass (variant, e.g. windscreen) and
mirrors must always be clean and free of ice.
126 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Driving
Roadways
Dimensions of roadways and aisle widths
The following dimensions and aisle width
requirements apply under the specified
conditions to ensure safe manoeuvring. In
each case, it must be checked whether a
larger aisle width is necessary, e.g. in the
case of different load dimensions.
Within the EU, Directive 89/654/EEC (mini-
mum safety and health requirements for the
workplace) must be observed. The respective
national guidelines apply for areas outside the
EU.
The required aisle widths (Ast) depend on the
dimensions of the load. For pallets, these are
as follows: 7321_003-019
with pallet with pallet

Aisle width (mm) 1000 x 1200 800 x 1200
crosswise lengthwise
RX70-40 3912 4112
RX70-45 3942 4142
RX70-50 4037 4237
The truck may only be used on roadways

that do not have excessively sharp bends,
excessively steep gradients or excessively
narrow or low entrances.
Driving on gradients
WARNING
Driving up and down longer gradients may cause
the drive unit to overheat and switch off.
Driving up and down longer gradients greater than
15% is not permitted due to the minimum specified
braking values. The climbing capability values
given below apply only to overcoming obstacles on
the roadway and to short differences in level, e.g.
ramps.
CAUTION
To ensure safe use of the truck with or without a
load, driving on gradients greater than 15% is not
permitted.
If in doubt, contact the authorised service centre.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 127

4 Operation
Driving
NOTE
The values specified in the following table
must be used only to compare the perfor-
mance of forklift trucks in the same category.
The gradient values in no way represent the
normal daily operating conditions.
Max. gradient in % with load without load

RX70-40 29 26
RX70-45 29 26
RX70-50 25 23
The ascending and descending gradients

must not exceed the gradients listed above
and must have a rough surface.
Smooth and gradual transitions should be
provided at the top and bottom of the gradient
to prevent the load from falling to the ground or
the truck being damaged.
Warning in case components project

beyond the truck contour
Trucks are often required to drive through very
narrow or very low spaces such as aisles or
containers. The dimensions of the trucks are
designed for this purpose. However, movable
parts may project beyond the truck contour
and be damaged or torn off. Examples of
these components are:
• A folding roof panel in the driver's cab
• Cab doors
• Folding LPG cylinders
Condition of the roadways

Driveways must be made sufficiently firm, and
be level and free of dirt and fallen objects.
Drainage channels, level crossings and
similar obstacles must be evened out so that
trucks can drive over these obstacles with as
few bumps as possible. If necessary, ramps
must be provided for these obstacles.
Ensure that manhole covers, drain covers etc.
offer a sufficient load capacity.
128 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Driving
There must be sufficient distance between the

highest points of the truck or the load and the
fixed elements of the surrounding area. The
height is based on the overall height of the lift
mast and the dimensions of the load. Observe
the technical data (see ⇒ Chapter "Technical
data", P. 359).
Rules for roadways and the working area

It is only permitted to drive on routes autho-
rised for traffic by the operating company
(see ⇒ Chapter "Definition of terms used for
responsible persons", P. 22) or its representa-
tives. Traffic routes must be free of obstacles.
The load must only be set down and stored in
the designated locations. The operating com-
pany and its representatives must ensure that
unauthorised third parties keep away from the
working area.
Hazard areas
Hazardous areas on the roadways must
be marked by standard traffic signs or, if
necessary, by additional warning signs.
Setting the drive programmes

The driving and braking characteristics of the
drive can be set on the display and operating 1 2
unit.
– Push the drive programme button (1)
repeatedly until the number of the desired
drive programme appears on the display
(2).
1
Drive programs 1–5 are available.
Essentially, the higher the drive program
number is, the greater the driving dynamics.
NOTE
On some trucks, the speed (forwards/back-
7312_003-167_V3
wards) is restricted as a variant.

The following settings are possible:
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 129

4 Operation
Driving
Drive program 1 2 3 4 5
Speed (km/h) 21 21 21 21 21
Acceleration (%) (forwards/backwards) 50 100 120 140 160
Deceleration (%) (forwards/backwards) 50 100 120 140 160
Reversing (%) (forwards/backwards) 50 100 120 140 160
Brake retardation (%) (electric brake booster) 80 90 100 100 100
.
Actuating the vertical rocker

switch for the "drive direction", joy-
stick 4Plus version A
– For the "forwards" drive direction, push
the vertical rocker button for the "drive
direction"(1) upwards (A).
1
– For the "reverse" drive direction, push
B
direction"(1) downwards (B).
6210_003-101
Actuating the drive direction switch,

mini-lever version
– Push the cross lever (1) forwards to drive
"forward". 1
– Pull the cross lever backwards to drive
"backward".
F1
F2
5060_003-096
130 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Driving

fingertip version F1 F2
– For the "forwards" drive direction, push the

drive direction switch (1) forwards
– For the "backwards" drive direction, push
the drive direction switch backwards 1
7325_003-031
Actuating the vertical rocker

switch for the "drive direction", joy-
stick 4Plus version A
– For the "forwards" drive direction, push
direction"(1) upwards (A).
1
– For the "reverse" drive direction, push
B
direction"(1) downwards (B).
6210_003-101
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 131

4 Operation
Driving

mini-console version
– For the "forwards" drive direction, push the
drive direction switch (1) forwards.
1
– For the "backwards" drive direction, push
the drive direction switch to the rear.
NOTE
Alternatively, the drive direction can also be
selected using the drive direction switches on
the operating devices.
5060_003-005
Starting to drive
DANGER
Risk to life if the truck rolls away or tips over!
– Sit on the driver's seat.
– Activate the available restraint systems.
Observe the information in the chapter entitled

Safety regulations when driving.
The driver's seat has a seat switch that
checks whether the driver's seat is occupied.
The truck cannot be moved if the driver's
seat is not occupied or if the seat switch
malfunctions. All lifting functions are disabled.
The SEAT SWITCH message appears on the
display-operating unit.
– Lift the fork carriage until the necessary
ground clearance is achieved.
– Select the desired drive direction.
132 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Driving
The indicator for the selected drive direction

("forwards" (1) or "backwards" (2)) lights up on
the display and operating unit.
1
NOTE
Depending on the equipment, an acoustic
signal (variant) may sound a warning during
reverse travel, the warning light (variant) may
light up or the hazard warning system (variant)
may flash.
5060_003-082
– Press the accelerator pedal (3).

The truck will travel in the selected drive direc-
tion. The accelerator pedal position controls
the speed. When the accelerator pedal is re-
leased, the truck brakes automatically via the
regenerative brake.
NOTE
The regenerative brake holds the truck briefly,
even on ascending or descending gradients,
without the parking brake being actuated. The 3
truck will then begin to creep downhill slowly.
DANGER
Risk of accident due to brake failure! 5060_003-084
The electric brake only functions while the key

switch is switched on, the emergency off switch
(variant) has not been actuated and the parking
brake is released.
– Use the brake pedal if the electrical brake
malfunctions
applied.
Changing the drive direction

– Remove foot from accelerator pedal.
– Select the desired drive direction.
– Press the accelerator pedal.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 133

4 Operation
Driving
The truck will travel in the selected drive

direction.
NOTE
You can also change the drive direction while
the truck is in motion. Your foot can remain
on the accelerator pedal while you do so. The
truck will brake and then accelerate in the
opposite direction (reversing).
NOTE
If an electrical fault occurs in the accelerator,
the drive unit switches off. The truck is braked
by the regenerative brake. Once the electrical
fault has been corrected, it will be possible
to drive the truck again by releasing the
accelerator pedal and then actuating the
accelerator pedal again. If the truck still
cannot be operated, park the truck securely
and contact your authorised service centre.
Starting drive mode, dual pedal

version (variant)
DANGER
Risk to life if the truck rolls away or tips over!
– Activate the available restraint systems.

Safety regulations when driving.
The driver's seat has a seat switch that
checks whether the driver's seat is occupied.
The truck cannot be moved if the driver's
seat is not occupied or if the seat switch
malfunctions. All lifting functions are disabled.
The SEAT SWITCH message appears on the
– Lift the fork carriage until the necessary
ground clearance is achieved.
134 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Driving
– Actuate the right-hand accelerator pedal (1)

to drive "forward" and actuate the left-hand
accelerator pedal (2) to drive "backward".
NOTE
In the dual pedal version, the drive direction
switches on the operating devices do not
function.
2 1
5060_003-085
The indicator for the selected drive direction

("forwards" (3) or "backwards" (4)) lights up on
3
NOTE
Depending on the equipment, an acoustic
signal (variant) may sound a warning during
reverse travel, the warning light (variant) may
light up or the hazard warning system (variant)
may flash.
The truck will travel in the selected drive direc-
tion. The accelerator pedal position controls 4
the speed. When the accelerator pedal is re-
leased, the truck brakes automatically via the
regenerative brake.
5060_003-083
NOTE
The regenerative brake holds the truck briefly,

even on ascending or descending gradients,
without the parking brake being actuated. The
truck will then begin to creep downhill slowly.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 135

4 Operation
Driving
DANGER
Risk of accident due to brake failure!
The electric brake only functions while the key
switch is switched on, the emergency off switch
(variant) has not been actuated and the parking
brake is released.
– Use the brake pedal if the electric brake malfunc-
tions.
applied.
Changing the drive direction

– Remove your foot from the accelerator
pedal.
– Actuate the accelerator pedal for the other
direction.
The truck will travel in the selected drive
direction.
NOTE
If an electrical fault occurs in the accelerator,
the drive unit switches off. The truck is braked
by the regenerative brake. Once the electrical
fault has been corrected, it will be possible
to drive the truck again by releasing the
accelerator pedal and then actuating the
accelerator pedal again. If the truck still
cannot be operated, park the truck securely
and contact your authorised service centre.
136 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Driving
Operating the service brake

The electric brake converts the acceleration 1
energy of the truck into electrical energy. This
causes the truck to decelerate.
In addition, the truck can be braked using the
service brake:
– Press the brake pedal (2).
In the first section of the brake pedal's travel,
only the regenerative braking takes effect. As
the pedal is depressed further, the service 2
brake is also activated and acts on the drive
wheels.
DANGER
5060_003-006
Risk of accident!
If the service brake fails, the truck cannot brake
sufficiently.
– Bring the truck to a standstill by applying the
parking brake.
– Do not operate the truck again until the service
brake has been repaired.
DANGER
Risk of tipping and risk of slipping!
The braking distance of the truck depends on the
weather conditions and the level of contamination
on the roadway. The braking distance increases
with the square of the speed. There is a danger that
the truck could slip or overturn.
– Adapt your driving and braking style to suit the
weather conditions and the level of contamina-
tion on the roadway.
– Always choose a driving speed that will provide
a sufficient stopping distance.
– Brake the truck by releasing the accelerator

pedal (1).
– If the braking effect is inadequate, brake
using the service brake (2) as well.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 137

4 Operation
Driving
Zero braking (variant)

DANGER
Risk of accident!
Trucks with zero braking (variant) are not braked
when the accelerator pedal is released.
– Bring the truck to a standstill by actuating the
brake pedal.
If your truck features the zero braking equip-

ment variant, the electric brake function is
disabled. Taking your foot off the accelerator
pedal does not brake the truck.
In this case, the truck can only be slowed by
applying the service brake via the brake pedal.
Actuating the mechanical parking

brake
DANGER
There is a risk of being run over if the truck rolls
away, and therefore a danger to life.
– In emergencies, secure with wedges on the side
facing downhill.
applied.
NOTE
Once the parking brake is released, the
previously selected drive direction is retained
and is shown on the drive direction indicator.
NOTE
If you operate the accelerator pedal while the
parking brake is applied and a drive direction
is selected, the message PARKING BRAKE
appears in the display.
138 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Driving
Apply the parking brake 2

1
– Pull the parking brake lever (1) down fully
and release.
The parking brake lever swivels back half the
distance into the middle position automati-
cally. 1
3
6
8
9
75 %
2
234,7 h
2 7
5 12:15
0
The parking brake is engaged and the wheels

are blocked. Driving is no longer possible.
The drive direction indicator (2) on the display
and operating unit goes out.
7312_003-044_V2
Releasing the parking brake

– Pull the parking brake lever (1) down fully
out of the middle position.
– In the lower lever position, pull out the lever
knob and then guide the parking brake lever
up fully.
NOTE
The parking brake lever swivels to the upper
position automatically by means of spring
force and should be guided only lightly by
hand. If the adjustment is stiff, notify the
6210_494-002
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 139

4 Operation
Driving
Steering
DANGER
If the hydraulics fail, there is a risk of accident as the
steering characteristics have changed.
– Do not operate the truck if it has a defective
steering system.
A B
– Steer the truck by turning the steering wheel
(1) accordingly.
Turning the steering wheel in the direction of 1
arrow (A) steers the truck in drive direction (A).
Turning the steering wheel in the direction of
arrow (B) steers the truck in drive direction (B). A B
For turning radius information, see ⇒ Chap-
ter "Technical data", P. 359.
A B
5060_003-007
140 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Driving
Driving on ascending and descend-

ing gradients
DANGER
Danger to life!
Driving on ascending and descending gradients
carries special dangers!
– Always follow the instructions below.
– On ascending and descending gradients,

the load must be carried facing uphill.
– It is only permitted to drive on ascending
and descending gradients that are marked
as traffic routes and that can be used safely.
– Ensure that the ground to be traversed is
6210_001-008
clean and provides a good grip.

– Do not turn on ascending and descending
gradients.
– Do not drive onto or along ascending and
descending gradients at an angle.
– Do not park the truck on ascending or
descending gradients.
– In case of emergency, secure the truck with
wedges so that the truck does not roll away.
– Reduce the driving speed on descending
gradients.
It is not permitted to drive on long ascending
and descending gradients greater than 15%
due to the specified minimum braking and
stability values.
– Before driving on ascending and descend-
ing gradients greater than 15%, consult the
The process of placing loads into stock
and removing loads from stock while on
an ascending or descending gradient is not
permitted!
– Always place loads into stock and remove
loads from stock on a horizontal plane.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 141

4 Operation
Driving
Driving on ascending and descend-

ing gradients
DANGER
Danger to life!
Driving on ascending and descending gradients
carries special dangers!
– Always follow the instructions below.
– On ascending and descending gradients,

the load must be carried facing uphill.
– It is only permitted to drive on ascending
and descending gradients that are marked
as traffic routes and that can be used safely.
– Ensure that the ground to be traversed is
6210_001-008
clean and provides a good grip.

– Do not turn on ascending and descending
gradients.
– Do not drive onto or along ascending and
descending gradients at an angle.
– Do not park the truck on ascending or
descending gradients.
– In case of emergency, secure the truck with
wedges so that the truck does not roll away.
– Reduce the driving speed on descending
gradients.
It is not permitted to drive on long ascending
and descending gradients greater than 15%
due to the specified minimum braking and
stability values.
– Before driving on ascending and descend-
ing gradients greater than 15%, consult the
The process of placing loads into stock
and removing loads from stock while on
an ascending or descending gradient is not
permitted!
– Always place loads into stock and remove
loads from stock on a horizontal plane.
142 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Driving
Reducing speed with a raised load

(variant)
This function (variant) reduces the speed of
the truck with a raised load.
7321_003-052_en_V2
Automatic shut-off of the internal

combustion engine (variant)
The truck is equipped with an automatic
shut-off function that shuts off the internal
combustion engine when certain conditions
apply simultaneously after a preset waiting STOP
time has elapsed.

CUTOUT MODE
The message CUTOUT MODE appears in the
display.
Conditions that apply simultaneously:
• The truck is stationary.
• The parking brake is applied.
• The driver's seat is not occupied.
• Particle filter regeneration is not in progress. 7300_003-017_en
• There are no consumers switched on that

require a significant amount of energy, such
as the air conditioning.
The waiting time only starts when all condi-
tions apply simultaneously. If one of the con-
ditions is no longer fulfilled, the waiting time
stops and is restored to the preset value.
NOTE
The waiting time is set to 120 seconds at the
factory, but can be changed at a later date.
• Contact the authorised service centre.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 143

4 Operation
Parking
Parking
Parking the truck securely and
switching it off
DANGER
There is a risk of being run over if
the truck rolls away and therefore a
danger to life.
– The truck should not be parked on
a slope.
– In emergencies, secure with
wedges on the side facing downhill.
– Only leave the truck if the parking
brake is applied.
DANGER 5060_003-130
There is a risk to life caused by a falling load or if

parts of the truck are being lowered!
– Before leaving the truck, lower the load fully.
WARNING
Volatile LPG can build up and ignite.
There is a risk of explosion!
LPG is heavier than air. It collects at
the floor where it may form hazardous
explosive mixtures of gas and air.
– Do not park the truck near pits, cel-
lars, staircases, heating systems or
other heat sources.
– Do not park the truck below ground
level.
– Protect gas cylinders against heat.
working with LPG.

– Lower the fork to the ground.
– Tilt the lift mast forwards until the tips of the
fork arms rest on the ground.
– If attachments (variant) are fitted, retract the
working cylinders.
– Turn the switch key to the left and remove it.
The solenoid valve in the LPG system will
close. The engine will continue to run for a
few seconds in order to burn after the gas
144 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Parking
remaining in the LPG system. This process

can take anything from 2–20 seconds,
depending on the temperature of the LPG.
NOTE
An error has occurred if the engine only
switches off after around 60 seconds and
the error message "LPG AUTO. VALVE"
appears on the display and operating unit. The
truck can still be operated but your authorised
service centre must be notified of the error
immediately. The error message is shown on
the display and operating unit until the error
has been rectified by the authorised service
centre.
NOTE
The switch key, FleetManager transponder
chip (variant) or FleetManager PIN code
(variant) may not be passed to others unless
explicit instructions to this effect have been
given.
– For trucks with an LPG tank (variant), close
the shut-off valve (6).
6
7335_135-002
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 145

4 Operation
Parking
– For trucks with LPG cylinders, close the

cylinder valve (7). 7
7314_003-016
Wheel chock (variant) 2

The wheel chock (variant) is used to prevent
the truck from rolling away on a slope.
– Lift handle (2) on the support mounting.
– Remove wheel chock (1) from the support
mounting. 1
– Push the wheel chock under a front axle
wheel on the side facing the downhill slope.
NOTE
After use, return the wheel chock to the
support mounting and press the handle (2)
down again.
1
7321_003-039_V2
146 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Lifting
Lifting
Lifting system variants
The movement of the fork carriage and the
lift mast heavily depends on the following
equipment:
• The lift mast with which the truck is
equipped, see ⇒ Chapter "Types of lift
mast", P. 4-152
• The operating device with which the
hydraulic functions are controlled, see
⇒ Chapter "Lifting system operating de-
vices", P. 4-155
Regardless of the equipment variants of the
truck, the basic specifications and procedures
must be complied with, see ⇒ Chapter "Safety
regulations when handing loads", P. 4-169.
Automatic lift cut out (variant)

Description:
The automatic lift cut out (variant) means that
the load cannot be lifted above a preset height.
This function uses a sensor that is welded on
at the factory at the required lift mast limit
height. Once attached, the height cannot be
easily changed.
Application:
• If the ceiling of the building is lower than
the maximum lift height of the truck, this
variant can prevent the lift mast from
accidentally hitting the ceiling, which can
result in damage.
• If the truck is frequently used at a particular
height, the work is simplified by the auto-
matic lift cut out at this height.
NOTE
If a load is lifted very quickly, the fork carriage
and load are moved approximately 15 cm
above the position of the sensor due to
inertia. This deviation is already taken into
consideration at the factory when determining
the position of the sensor.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 147

4 Operation
Lifting
Overriding and reactivating the auto-

matic lift cut out
If a load needs to be lifted to the truck's
maximum lift height and the automatic lift
cut out function is not required, it is possible
to override the lift cut out. It is automatically
reactivated when the truck is switched off and
back on again.
To override the automatic lift cut out:
– Press Softkey (1).

Automatic lift cut out is switched off.
The symbol is displayed. Loads can be
lifted to the maximum lift height for the truck.
To switch the automatic lift cut out back on:
Automatic lift cut out is switched on.
F1
The symbol is displayed. Loads can be
lifted only to the set lift height for the truck.
1
7312_003-160_V3
Lift mast vertical position (variant)

Description
If the truck is equipped with the "automatic
mast vertical positioning" comfort feature
(variant), the driver can lower goods, such
as paper rolls, vertically with precision and
therefore avoid damage when unloading.
The tilt cylinders run into the end stops gently
to prevent hard vibrations and impacts.
Oscillating motions of the truck are minimised,
thus increasing work safety. The automatic
mast vertical positioning reduces wear on
various components and therefore reduces
repair costs.
148 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Lifting
CAUTION
Risk of damage to property due to the lift mast
colliding with racks or other objects!
– Before using the "lift mast vertical position"
comfort feature, position the truck at a sufficient
distance from racks and other objects.
The "lift mast vertical position" comfort feature

consists of the following individual functions:
• Display of the "lift mast vertical position"
• Automatic movement into the "automatic
mast vertical position"
• End stops are approached gently
The "lift mast vertical position" comfort feature
is only available as a variant if the truck is 1
equipped with one of the following operating
devices: F1
F2
• Double mini-lever (1)

• Triple mini-lever (2)
• Quadruple mini-lever (3)
• Fingertip (4)
• Joystick 4Plus (5) 2 3
4 F1 F2
5
7314_003-059
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 149

4 Operation
Lifting
Display of the "lift mast vertical position"

The driver can see the mast tilt on the display
and operating unit screen. The bar in the
display shows the current mast tilt relative
to the "lift mast vertical position". The arrow
above the bar marks the vertical position of the
lift mast.
1
6210_003-069_en_V2
Automatic approach towards the "lift

The "automatic mast vertical positioning"
comfort feature is switched on. The (2)
symbol is displayed.
– Tilt the lift mast forwards.
The lift mast stops automatically as soon as
the preselected setting for "automatic mast
vertical positioning" is reached.
If the comfort feature is switched off, the lift
mast tilts forwards past the "automatic mast
1 2
vertical positioning" without stopping.
If the lift mast is tilted backwards, it moves
past the "lift mast vertical position" without
stopping, regardless of whether the comfort 6210_003-067_V2
feature is switched on or not.
Gentle running-in to the end stops

The lift mast is braked gently at the end of the
tilt range. This prevents the lift mast from
stopping harshly in the end position and
reduces severe oscillating motions of the
truck.
150 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Lifting
Tilting the lift mast forwards with the "lift

comfort feature is switched on. The (2)
– Tilt the lift mast forwards.
NOTE
The way in which the lifting system is operated
the truck's equipment; see the chapter entitled
"Lifting system operating devices". 1 2
6210_003-067_V2
The lift mast is tilted forwards and stops as

soon as the vertical position is reached. The
arrow above the bar shown on the screen of
the display and operating unit represents the
"lift mast vertical position".
Tilting the lift mast forwards beyond the
vertical position:
– Release the operating device to tilt and
actuate again.
The lift mast is tilted beyond the vertical
position up to the end stop. The current mast
tilt is shown in the display and operating unit.
– To switch off the "automatic mast vertical 1
positioning", press Softkey (1).
6210_003-069_en_V2

comfort feature is switched off. The
Tilting the lift mast backwards with the

"lift mast vertical position"
The lift mast is tilted backwards without
stopping in the vertical position.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 151

4 Operation
Lifting
Possible restrictions on the "lift mast

vertical position"
In some circumstances, the lift mast cannot
move exactly into the preset vertical position.
Possible causes include:
• Uneven ground
• Bent fork
• Bent attachment
• Worn tyres
• Severely deformed lift mast
The vertical position can be corrected by tilting
the lift mast using the relevant operating
device. If the vertical position has to be
corrected frequently, the "lift mast vertical
position" should be calibrated.
Calibrating the "lift mast vertical position"

– Set the lift mast to the required position.
(1) for at
3
– Press and hold down Softkey
least five seconds.
The message ? VERTICAL POSITION
appears on the display.
Storing the mast position:
– Press the Drive programme selection
button (3) to confirm .
The current mast position is stored.
Cancelling calibration: 2 1
– Press the Menu change button (2) to cancel 6210_003-070_en_V2
the input .
The calibration is cancelled.
Types of lift mast

One of the following lift masts may be installed
in the truck:
152 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Lifting
Telescopic mast
During lifting, the lift mast rises over the outer
lift cylinders, bringing the fork carriage with it
via the chains (fork carriage rises twice as fast
1
as the inner lift mast). The top edge (1) of the
inner lift mast can therefore be higher than the
fork carriage.
DANGER
Risk of accident due to collision of the lift mast or
load with low ceilings or entrances.
– Note that the inner lift mast or load may be higher
than the fork carriage.
– Note the heights of ceilings and entrances.
6210_810-001
Triplex lift mast (variant)

During lifting, the inner lift cylinder moves up
2
to free lift (3), and then the outer lift cylinders
raise the inner lift mast up to the max. height
(2).
DANGER
3
Risk of accident due to collision of the lift mast or
load with low ceilings or entrances.
– Note that the inner lift mast or load may be higher
than the fork carriage.
– Note the heights of ceilings and entrances.
6210_810-002
Malfunctions during lifting mode

Incorrect extension sequence
DANGER
Risk of accidents!
With triple masts (variant), an incorrect extension
sequence may occur, i.e. the inner lift mast may
extend before the free lift has finished. As a result,
the overall height is exceeded and damage may
occur in passageways or from low ceilings.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 153

4 Operation
Lifting
An incorrect extension sequence may, for

instance, result from:
• The hydraulic oil temperature being too low.
• The fork carriage becoming blocked in the
inner lift mast.
• Blocking of the free lift cylinder.
• The chain roller becoming blocked at the
free lift cylinder.
– If the hydraulic oil temperature is too low,
slowly actuate the lift mast functions several
times in order to raise the oil temperature.
In the event that the fork carriage is blocked
in the inner lift mast, or the free lift cylinder
or chain roller are blocked, the cause of the
blockage must be eliminated before resuming
work.
– Notify your service centre
Load chains not under tension

DANGER
Danger caused by a falling load!
– Make sure that the chain(s) does (do) not
become slack when lowering the load.
Slack chains can, for instance, result from:

• Resting the fork carriage or the load on the
racking.
• Fork carriage rollers becoming blocked in
the lift mast due to contamination.
– If the fork carriage or the load comes to an
unexpected stop, lift the fork carriage until
the chains are under tension again and
lower the load at another suitable location.
– If the fork carriage rollers in the lift mast
become blocked due to contamination, lift
the fork carriage until the chains are under
tension again. Remove the contamination
before resuming work.
WARNING
Risk of injury!
– Observe the safety regulations for working on lift
masts; see ⇒ Chapter "Working at the front of the
truck", P. 5-312.
154 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Lifting
Hydraulic blocking function

The hydraulic blocking function ensures that
all hydraulic functions are disabled whenever
the seat switch in the driver's seat is unloaded.
This is when the driver stands up from the
driver's seat or exits the truck. All hydraulic
functions are disabled in this case:
• Lifting the load
• Lowering the load
• Tilting the lift mast
• Auxiliary hydraulic functions
As soon as the driver sits down again, all
hydraulic functions are available again.
Emergency lowering of the load after the

hydraulics blocking function has been
triggered
If the truck's hydraulics are disabled by the
exhaust valve of the hydraulic blocking func-
tion, either permanently or due to a technical
fault, it is possible to lower a raised load with
emergency lowering at the valve block, see
⇒ Chapter "Emergency lowering", P. 4-288.
Lifting system operating devices

The method of operating the lifting system
the truck's equipment.
Possible equipment variants include:
• Joystick 4Plus
– The following information must be observed
regardless of the equipment variant:
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 155

4 Operation
Lifting
DANGER
Reaching into or climbing between moving parts
of the truck (e.g. lift mast, sideshifts, working
equipment, load carrying devices etc.) can lead to
serious injury or death and is therefore prohibited.
loads.
– Only operate the lifting system from the driver's
seat.
156 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Lifting
Controlling the lifting system using a

double mini-lever C
1
DANGER
A
F1
F2
equipment, load carrying devices etc.) can lead to B

loads.
D
– Operate the lifting system from the driver's seat
only.
Lifting/lowering the fork carriage

7325_003-035
To lift the fork carriage:
– Move the "lift mast" 360° lever (1) in the
direction of arrow (B).
To lower the fork carriage:
direction of arrow (A).
Tilting the lift mast 7312_003-114
To tilt the lift mast forwards:

– Move the "lift mast" 360° lever (1) in the C D
direction of arrow (C).
To tilt the lift mast backwards:
direction of arrow (D).
NOTE
B
The symbols on the 360° lever show the
direction of movement of the lift mast and the A
fork carriage when the 360° lever is moved.
7312_003-022_V2
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 157

4 Operation
Lifting

triple mini-lever C
1
DANGER
Reaching into or climbing between moving parts A
serious injury or death and is therefore prohibited. B
loads.
D
only.

7325_003-036
direction of arrow (B)
direction of arrow (A)

– Move the "lift mast" 360° lever (1) in the C D
direction of arrow (C)
direction of arrow (D)
NOTE
B
The symbols on the 360° lever show the
direction of movement of the lift mast and the A
fork carriage when the 360° lever is moved.
7312_003-022_V2
158 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Lifting

quadruple mini-lever
1 A C
DANGER
2
loads.
only.
B D
Tilting the lift mast
7325_003-037
– Move the "lift mast" operating lever (1) in the
direction of arrow (A).
– Move the "lift mast" operating lever (1) in the
direction of arrow (B).
Lifting/lowering the fork carriage 7312_003-114

– Move the "lift-lower" operating lever (2) in C D
the direction of arrow (D).
– Move the "lift-lower" operating lever (2) in
the direction of arrow (C).
NOTE
B
The symbols on the operating levers show the
direction of movement of the lift mast or fork A
carriage when the operating lever is moved.
7312_003-022_V2
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 159

4 Operation
Lifting
Controlling the lifting system using

the joystick 4Plus
DANGER
loads.
– Only operate the lifting system from the driver's
seat.

– Pull the joystick 4Plus (1) backwards (B).
To lower the fork carriage: A
– Push the joystick 4Plus (1) forwards (A).
6210_003-089
160 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Lifting
Tilting the lift mast

2
– Tilt the horizontal rocker button (2) to the left
(C).
C D
– Tilt the horizontal rocker button (2) to the
right (D).
6210_003-090
C D
A
7312_003-022_V2
Fork-carriage sideshift
To move the fork carriage to the left.
– Push the joystick 4Plus (1) to the left (E).
To move the fork carriage to the right:
F
– Push the joystick 4Plus (1) to the right (F).
NOTE 1
E
The symbols on the joystick 4Plus indicate the
direction of movement of the lift mast or the
fork carriage.
6210_003-091
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 161

4 Operation
Lifting
Controlling the lifting system using 2

the fingertip F1 F2
1
DANGER
loads.
only.

7325_003-038
– Pull the "lift/lower" operating lever (1) 1 2

backwards.
– Push the "lift/lower" operating lever (1)
forwards.

– Push the "tilt" operating lever (2) forwards.
2
– Pull the "tilt" operating lever (2) backwards.
NOTE
1
The symbols on the operating levers show the
direction of movement of the lift mast or fork
carriage when the operating lever is moved.
6210_713-002_V2
162 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Lifting
Changing the fork arms
DANGER
Risk of fatal injury from being run over if the truck
rolls away!
– Do not park the truck on a gradient.
– Change the fork arms in a separate, safe location
on a level surface.
WARNING
There is a risk of injury when changing the fork
arms; the weight of the fork arms could cause them
to fall on your legs, feet or knees. The space to the
left and right of the fork is a danger area.
– Always wear protective gloves and safety
footwear when changing the fork arms.
– Ensure that no one stands in the danger area!
– Do not pull on the fork arms.
– The fork arms must always be carried by two
people; if necessary, use a hoist.
NOTE
• For installation and removal, a transport
pallet is recommended for supporting
the fork arms. The pallet size depends
on the fork arm size used and should be
dimensioned such that the fork arms do not
protrude after being placed on the pallet.
This means the fork arms can be safely
placed down and transported.
• Both fork arms can be pushed over to the
same side. It is possible to choose the side
via which the forks are removed
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 163

4 Operation
Lifting
Removal
– Select a pallet corresponding to the fork arm 1
size.
– Set down the pallet next to the fork carriage
on the side chosen for removal.
– Lift the fork carriage until the fork arms are
approx. 3 cm above the pallet.
– Remove the switch key.
– Unscrew the locking screw (2) on the side
chosen for removal.
– Pull up the locking lever (1) and push the 2
fork arms onto the pallet one after the other.
Installation
– Make sure that the locking screw is un-
screwed on the side chosen for installation.
– Place the fork arms on a pallet next to
the fork carriage on the side chosen for
installation.
– Pull up the locking lever (1) and push the
fork arms onto the fork carriage one after
the other.
– Place the fork arms in the required position
and push down the locking lever. Ensure 6210_003-027
that the locking lever snaps into place.

– Screw in and tighten the locking screw (2).
DANGER
There is a risk of fatal injury from a falling load or
fork!
– Tighten the locking screw each time a fork is
changed.
– Driving and moving loads without the locking
screw is prohibited.
NOTE
If the truck is equipped with the "load measu-
rement" comfort feature, a "zero adjustment of
the load measurement" must always be per-
formed after the fork arms have been chan-
164 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Lifting
ged. Otherwise, correct load measurement

cannot be guaranteed.
Fork extension (variant)
DANGER
There is a risk of being run over if the truck rolls
away and therefore a danger to life.
– Do not park the truck on a slope.
– Change the fork extension in a separate, safe
location on a level surface.
WARNING
There is a risk of crushing!
The weight of the fork extension can cause crushing
or cuts on sharp edges or burrs.
– Always wear protective gloves and safety
footwear.
WARNING
There is a risk of tipping!
The weight and dimensions of the fork extension
affect the stability of the truck. The permissible
weights stated on the capacity rating plate must be
reduced in proportion to the actual load distance.
The truck is equipped with a fork extension ex
works, the capacity rating plate is already adjusted
accordingly.
– Observe load capacity, see the "Before picking
up a load" chapter.
NOTE
rement" comfort feature, a "zero adjustment of
the load measurement" must always be per-
formed after the fork extensions have been
changed. Otherwise, correct load measure-
ment cannot be guaranteed.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 165

4 Operation
Lifting
Attachment
1
DANGER
Risk to life from falling load!
At least 60% of the length of the fork extension must
lie on the fork arm. A maximum 40% overhang over
the fork arm end is permissible. The fork extension
must also be secured against slipping from the fork
arm.
If the fork extension (1) is not secured with a secu-
ring bolt (2) and linch pin (3), the load with the fork
extension may fall. 3
– Push the fork extension completely to the back
of the fork.
– Make sure that 60% of the length of the fork
extension is on the fork arm.
– Always secure the fork extension with a securing 2
bolt.
7071_003-104_V2
– Always secure the securing bolt with a linch pin.
– Remove the linch pin (3) from the securing

bolt (2).
– Remove the securing bolt from the fork
extension (1).
– Push the fork extension onto the fork arms
until it is flush with the fork back.
– Insert the securing bolts located behind the
fork back fully into the fork extension.
– Insert the linch pin into the securing bolt and
secure.
Removal
– Remove the linch pin (3) from the securing
bolt (2).
– Remove the securing bolt from the fork
extension (1).
– Pull the fork extension from the fork arms.
– Insert the securing bolt fully into the fork
extension.
– Insert the linch pin into the securing bolt and
secure.
166 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Lifting
Operation with reversible fork arms

(variant)
DANGER
Risk to life from falling load!
Standard fork arms are not structurally designed for
reverse operation. If this instruction is not observed,
it can lead to material failure and the load falling.
– Only work in reverse operation using reversible
fork arms (1)
WARNING
Risk of accident from slipping load!
Loads may slip on the reversible fork arms if there is
no load support. A fork extension (variant) cannot
be secured against slipping.
– Do not use a fork extension (variant)
WARNING
Risk of accident from the truck tipping over.
When driving, the centre of gravity of the load (2)
must not be higher than 600 mm above the ground.
The truck may tip forwards when driving or braking.
– Only drive with a load centre of gravity up to a
max. of 600 mm above the ground
NOTE
rement" comfort feature, a "zero adjustment
of the load measurement" must always be
performed after the reversible fork arms have
been changed. Otherwise, correct load mea-
surement cannot be guaranteed.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 167

4 Operation
Lifting
Reversible fork arms (1) can be used to reach

an additional lift height. The reversible fork
arms are installed on the fork carriage in the
same manner as standard fork arms. Loads
may be lifted on and beneath the reversible
fork arms. The mast is lifted and tilted in the
same manner.
– Only work in reverse operation using
reversible fork arms
– Do not use a fork extension (variant)
– If the "load measurement" comfort feature
is available, perform a "zero adjustment of
the load measurement"
– To drive, raise the load centre of gravity (2) 6341_862-001
to a max. of 600 mm above the ground
– Observe the information in the section
entitled "Transporting suspended loads"
168 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Handling loads
Handling loads
Safety regulations when handing
loads
The safety regulations for handling loads are
shown in the following sections.
DANGER
There is a risk to life caused by falling loads or if
parts of the truck are being lowered.
– Never walk or stand underneath suspended
loads or raised fork arms.
– Never exceed the maximum load indicated on
the capacity rating plate. Otherwise stability
cannot be guaranteed!
DANGER
6210_003-030
Risk of accident from falling or crushing!

– Do not step onto the forks.
– Do not lift people.
– Never grab or climb on moving parts of the truck.
DANGER
Risk of accident from a falling load!
– When transporting small items, attach a load
safety guard (variant) to prevent the load from
falling on the driver.
– Use a closed roof covering (variant) in addition.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 169

4 Operation
Handling loads
Before taking up load

Load capacity
The load capacity indicated for the truck on the
capacity rating plate may not be exceeded.
The load capacity is influenced by the load
centre of gravity and the lift height as well as
by the tyres, if applicable.
kg
2
The position of the capacity rating plate can 1080 640 780 880 5230
be found in the chapter entitled "Identification 1310 660 800 910 5030
points".
WARNING
3
1500 680 1230
1500 690 1260
930 4830
950 4630
1500 710 860 970 4230
The figures show examples. 1500 730 880 1000 3830
Only the capacity rating plates on the truck are valid! 1 500 800 600 500
The attachment of additional weights to

increase load capacity is prohibited.
5051_003-006
DANGER
Risk to life from the truck losing stability!
Never exceed the maximum loads shown! These
values apply to compact and homogenous loads.
Otherwise, the stability as well as the rigidity of the
fork arms and lift mast cannot be guaranteed.
Improper or incorrect operation or the placement of
persons to increase load capacity is prohibited.
170 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Handling loads
Example
3
Weight of load to be lifted: 880 kg (3)
Load distance from fork back: 500 mm (1)
Permitted lift height: 5230 mm (2) 2
WARNING
Risk of accident from the truck losing stability!
The permissible load of the attachments (variant)
and the reduced lifting capacity of the combination 88
0 5230
of truck and attachment must not be exceeded. K
g
– Observe the special capacity rating plate infor-
mation shown on the truck and the attachment.
500
1
5051_003-007
Load measurement (variant)

Description
Knowing the weight of the load to be trans-
ported gives the driver greater security. If
the truck is equipped with the "load measure-
ment" (variant) comfort feature, the weight of
the lifted load can be measured and shown in
Load measurement is possible only when the
truck is at a standstill. Before performing a
load measurement, the load must be raised to
a height of 300-800 mm above the ground.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 171

4 Operation
Handling loads
The load measurement has an accuracy of

+/-3% of the rated capacity of the truck.
NOTE
In order to ensure accuracy at all times, a zero
adjustment of the load measurement must be
carried out. Zero adjustment is required.
• as part of daily commissioning
• after changing the fork arms
• after fitting or changing attachments.
Performing the load measurement

DANGER
The load may fall if the load centre of gravity has not
been taken into account or the load has not been
picked up securely.
– Pick up the load securely; see the chapter
entitled "Picking up loads".
CAUTION
If the weight determined by a load measurement
exceeds the permissible residual load capacity of
the truck, the truck cannot be operated safely.
– Set down and reduce load immediately.
– If necessary, use another truck with sufficient
load-bearing capacity.
NOTE
Accurate load measurement is only possible
under the following conditions:
• The hydraulic oil is at normal operating
temperature
• The load is at rest at the beginning of the
load measurement
• The load corresponds to at least 10% of the
nominal load capacity in trucks with a load
capacity of up to 2.5 t
• The load corresponds to at least 5% of the
nominal load capacity in trucks with a load
capacity of 3 t and over
• The lift mast is in the vertical position
• The fork is not raised to more than 800 mm
above the ground
172 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Handling loads
NOTE
The method of operating the lifting system
the truck's equipment.
– Ensure that the truck has been in operation
for a period of time before carrying out the
load measurement.
– Raise the fork to a height of 300–800 mm.
– Ensure that the load is at rest.

Load measurement is switched on.
The (2) symbol is displayed.
NOTE
If the truck is equipped with mini-levers or
fingertip operation, the F1 button can also be
pressed as an alternative.
NOTE
1 2
During the following process, the fork carriage
must be lowered slightly and then stopped
abruptly. While doing so, the fork must
not touch the ground, otherwise the load 6210_003-072_V2
measurement will not be accurate. To stop
the lowering procedure quickly, release the
operating device for lowering so that it jumps
into the zero position.
– Lower the fork carriage slightly and release
the operating device.
NOTE
When stopping the lowering process the
load must be cushioned in order to create a
measurable impulse.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 173

4 Operation
Handling loads
When load measurement has been performed

correctly, the determined load weight (3) is
shown on the display.
3
NOTE
If the load measurement is invalid, the value
"-9999 kg" is displayed in the operating unit.
6210_003-073_en
Picking up loads
To make sure that the load is securely sup-
ported, it must be ensured that the fork arms
are sufficiently far apart and are positioned as
far as possible under the load.
If possible, the load should rest on the back of
the fork.
The load must not protrude too far over the
fork tips, nor should the fork tips protrude too
far out from the load.
Loads are to be picked up and transported as
close to the middle as possible.
DANGER
When transporting small items, attach a load safety
guard (variant) to prevent the load from falling on
the driver.
A closed roof covering (variant) should also be
used.
Removable roof panels may not be removed.
174 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Handling loads
Adjusting the fork

1
– Lift the locking lever (1) and move the fork
arms to the desired position.
– Allow the locking lever to snap back into
place.
The load centre of gravity must be midway
between the fork arms.
– Only actuate the fork prong positioner
(variant) when the fork is not carrying a
load.
6210_842-001
Danger area
The danger area is the area in which people
are at risk due to the movements of the truck,
its working equipment, its load-carrying
equipment (e.g. attachments) or the load.
Also included are the areas where loads
could fall or working equipment could fall or
be lowered.
DANGER
Risk of injury!
– Do not step on the fork.
DANGER
Risk of injury!
– Do not step under the raised forks.
DANGER
People may be injured in the danger area of the
truck!
The danger area of the truck must be completely
clear of all personnel, except the driver in his
normal operating position. If persons fail to leave
the danger area despite warnings:
– Cease work with the truck immediately.
– Secure the truck against use by unauthorised
parties.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 175

4 Operation
Handling loads
DANGER
Danger of death from falling loads!
– Never walk or stand underneath
suspended loads.
Transporting pallets
As a rule, loads (e.g. pallets) must be transpor-
ted individually. Transporting multiple loads at
the same time is only permitted:
• when instructed by the supervisor and
• when the technical requirements have been
met.
The driver must ensure proper condition of
the load. Only safely and carefully positioned
loads may be transported.
6327_003-009
Transporting suspended loads

Before transporting suspended loads, con-
sult the national regulatory authorities (in
Germany, the employer's liability insurance
associations).
National regulations may place restrictions
on these operations. Contact the relevant
authorities.
DANGER
Suspended loads that begin to swing can result in
the following risks:
• Impaired braking and steering action

• Tipping over the load wheels or drive wheels 6210_001-007
• Tipping the truck at right angles to the

direction of travel
• Risk of crushing of guide persons
• Reduced visibility.
176 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Handling loads
DANGER
Loss of stability.
Slipping or swinging suspended loads can lead to a
loss of stability and cause the truck to tip over.
– When transporting suspended loads, observe
the following instructions
Instructions for transporting suspended loads:

• Swinging loads must be prevented by using
the proper driving speed and driving style
(careful steering, braking)
• Hanging loads must be hooked on to the
truck in such a way that the harness cannot
shift or release unintentionally and cannot
be damaged
• When transporting suspended loads, suit-
able devices (e.g. guy wires or supporting
poles) must be available so that accompa-
nying persons can guide suspended loads
and prevent the loads from swinging
• Take particular care to ensure that there is
no one in the drive direction in the driving
lane
• If, despite this, the load begins to swing,
ensure that no person is placed at risk
DANGER
Risk of accidents!
When transporting hanging loads, never perform or
end driving and load movements abruptly.
Never drive on slopes with a suspended load.
Transporting containers holding fluids as hanging
loads is not permitted.
Load pick up
DANGER
There is a risk to life caused by a falling load or if
– Never walk or stand underneath suspended
loads or raised fork arms.
– Never exceed the maximum load values spe-
cified on the capacity rating plate. Otherwise,
stability cannot be guaranteed.
– Only store pallets which do not exceed the

specified maximum size. Damaged loading
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 177

4 Operation
Handling loads
equipment and incorrectly formed loads

must not be stored.
– Attach or secure the load to the load-
carrying equipment so that the load cannot
move or fall.
– Store the load so that the specified aisle
width is not reduced by protruding parts.
– Approach the racking carefully, brake gently
and stop just in front of the racking.
6210_800-005
– Position the forks.

– Lift the fork carriage to the stacking height.
CAUTION
Component damage possible!
When inserting the fork into the racking, ensure that
the racking and load are not damaged.
6210_800-006
178 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Handling loads
– Insert the fork as far under the load as

possible. Stop the truck as soon as the
fork back is resting on the load. The centre
of gravity of the load must be positioned
between the fork arms in the middle.
6210_800-007
– Lift the fork carriage until the load is resting

entirely on the forks.
DANGER
Risk of accidents!
– Beware of any people in the danger area.
– Ensure that the roadway behind you is clear.
DANGER
Never tilt the lift mast with a raised load due to the
risk of tipping!
– Lower the load before tilting the lift mast.
– Move backwards carefully and slowly until

the load is clear of the racking. Brake gently.
6210_800-008
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 179

4 Operation
Handling loads
– Lower the load while maintaining ground

clearance.
5060_003-102

The load can be transported.
5060_003-101
180 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Handling loads
Transporting loads
NOTE
"Safety regulations when driving".
DANGER
The higher a load is lifted, the less stable it beco-
mes. The truck can tip over or the load can fall,
increasing the risk of accident!
Driving with a raised load and the lift mast tilted
forward is not permitted.
– Only drive with the load lowered.
– Lower the load until ground clearance is reached
(not over 300 mm).
– Only drive with the lift mast tilted backwards. 6210_800-011
– Drive slowly and carefully round corners!
NOTE
"Steering".
– Always accelerate and brake gently!
NOTE
"Operating the service brake".
6210_800-013
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 181

4 Operation
Handling loads
– Never drive with a load protruding to the

side (e.g. with the sideshift)!
6210_800-014
Setting down loads
DANGER
Risk of accident due to changed moment of tilt!
The load centre of gravity and the moment of tilt
move due to tilting the lift mast forwards with a
raised load or due to the load slipping. The truck
may tip forwards.
– Only tilt the lift mast forwards with a raised lifting
accessory when it is directly above the stack.
– When the lift mast is tilted forwards, take parti-
cular care to ensure that the truck does not tip
forwards and that the load does not slip.
WARNING
If the fork or the load remains suspended during
lowering, the load may fall.
– When removing from stock, move the truck far
enough back so that the load and the fork can be
lowered freely.
182 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Handling loads
– Drive up to the stack with the load lowered

in accordance with regulations.
– Lift the load to the stacking height.
– Drive the truck towards the rack carefully.
6210_800-015
– Lower the load until it rests securely on the

rack.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
– Beware of any people in the danger area.
– Ensure that the roadway behind you is clear.
– Move the truck back until the fork arms can

be lowered without touching the stack.
– Lower the fork while maintaining ground
clearance.
– Tilt the lift mast backwards and drive away.
6210_800-016
Shake function (variant)

Description
The shake function of the hydraulics is de-
signed to make it easier for the driver to per-
form tasks such as emptying containers of
bulk material. The shake function moves the
fork carriage quickly up and down via the "Lift-
ing" function.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 183

4 Operation
Handling loads
NOTE
The shake function is only intended for short-
term use as it reduces the service life of the
load chains due to increased strain.
Operation
To activate the shake function:
– Move the corresponding operating device
for the "Lifting" function over the zero
position four times in quick succession.
The fork carriage moves as normal. The
shake function is active after the fourth time
the operating device is moved.
– Continue to move the operating device back
and forth.
The fork carriage moves up and down more
quickly and more jerkily.
The intensity of the shaking is controlled by
means of the intensity with which the operating
device is moved. The more fiercely the
operating device is moved, the more intense
the shaking is.
NOTE
After the function has been activated, the
driver has four seconds to start the shaking.
If the four seconds elapse without the shake
function being used, the shake function is
deactivated again.
WARNING
The shake function remains active for four seconds
following activation.
If the driver simply wants to raise or lower the
load during this time, it should be noted that the
fork carriage may move significantly more jerkily
with the load than in normal operation. If the four
seconds elapse without the shake function being
used, the fork carriage can be moved normally
again with the load.
The following section shows how the shake

function is activated via the standard assign-
ment for "lifting/lowering" using the different
variants of the operating devices. If the "Lift-
ing/lowering" function is assigned differently
184 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Handling loads
on the operating device, the shake function is

also activated via this other assignment.
Joystick 4Plus:
– Move the joystick 4Plus (1) back and forth
four times between positions (A) and (B).
Then continue to move the component in
the same way. A
6210_003-089
Double mini-lever:
– Move the 360° lever (2) back and forth four
times between positions (A) and (B). Then
continue to move the component in the
same way.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 185

4 Operation
Handling loads
Triple mini-lever:
– Move the 360° lever (3) back and forth four
times between positions (A) and (B). Then
continue to move the component in the
same way.
Quadruple mini-lever:
– Move the operating lever (4) back and forth
four times between positions (A) and (B).
Then continue to move the component in
the same way.
186 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Handling loads
Fingertip switch:
– Move the operating lever (5) back and
forth four times. Then continue to move
the component in the same way.
Driving on lifts
The driver may only use this truck on lifts
with a sufficient rated capacity and for which
the operating company has been granted
authorisation.
DANGER
There is a risk to life if you are crushed or run over
by the truck.
– There must be no personnel already in the lift
when the truck is driven into the lift.
– Personnel are only permitted to enter the lift once
the truck is secure, and must exit the lift before
the truck is driven out.
5060_003-071
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 187

4 Operation
Handling loads
Determining the actual total weight

– Park the truck securely.
– Determine the unit weights by reading the
truck nameplate and, if necessary, the
attachment (variant) nameplate and, if
1
Type-Modèle-Typ / Serial no.-No. de série-Serien-Nr. / year-année-Baujahr
necessary, by weighing the load to be lifted. Rated capacity Unladen mass

Nenn-Tragfähigkeit
– Add the determined unit weights to obtain
Leergewicht
Battery voltage max kg

the actual total weight of the truck: Tension batterie
Batteriespannung
V
min.* kg
Rated drive power *
Tare weight (1)

Puissance motr.nom. kW kg
Nenn-Antriebsleist.
voir Mode d'emploi Berzeliusstr. 10
2
+ Ballast weight (variant) (2)
+ Attachment net weight (variant)
+ Weight of the load to be lifted

+ 100 kg allowance for driver
= Actual total weight
– Drive the truck with the forks forwards into

the lift without touching the shaft walls.
– Park the truck securely in the lift to prevent

uncontrolled movements of the load or the
truck.
Driving on loading bridges
DANGER
Risk of accident if the truck crashes!
Steering movements can cause the tail end to veer
off the loading bridge towards the edge. This may
cause the truck to crash.
The lorry driver and the truck driver must agree on
the lorry's departure time.
– Before driving across a loading bridge, ensure
that it is properly attached and secured and has
a sufficient load capacity (lorry, bridge etc.).
– Drive slowly and with care on the loading bridge.
– Ensure that the vehicle onto which you will be
driving is secured to prevent it from shifting and
that it can support the load of the truck.
6210_001-010
188 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Handling loads
Determining the actual total weight

truck nameplate and, if necessary, the
attachment (variant) nameplate and, if
1
necessary, by weighing the load to be lifted. Rated capacity Unladen mass

Nenn-Tragfähigkeit
– Add the determined unit weights to obtain
Leergewicht

the actual total weight of the truck: Tension batterie
Batteriespannung
V
min.* kg
Rated drive power *
Tare weight (1)

Puissance motr.nom. kW kg
Nenn-Antriebsleist.
voir Mode d'emploi Berzeliusstr. 10
2
+ Weight of the load to be lifted

= Actual total weight
.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 189

4 Operation
Attachments
Attachments
Fitting attachments
If the truck is equipped with an integrated
attachment (variant) at the factory, the specifi-
cations in the STILL operating instructions for
integrated attachments must be observed.
If attachments are fitted at the place of use,
the specifications in the operating instructions
of the attachment manufacturer must be
observed.
If an attachment is not delivered together
with the forklift truck, the specifications and
operating instructions of the attachment
manufacturer must be observed.
Before initial commissioning, the function
of the attachment and the visibility from the
driver's position with and without a load must
be checked by a competent person. If the
visibility is deemed insufficient, visual aids
such as mirrors, a camera/monitor system etc.
must be used.
In addition, it is essential that the warnings
below are observed.
CAUTION
Attachments must be CE-certified. If the truck is
not fitted with an attachment-specific residual load
capacity rating plate and the operating devices are
not marked with corresponding pictograms, the
truck must not be used.
– Order the residual load capacity rating plate and
pictograms from your authorised service centre
in good time.
– The authorised service centre must adapt the
hydraulic system to the requirements of the
attachment (e.g. by adjusting the pump motor
speed).
190 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Attachments
DANGER
There is risk to life caused by a falling load!
Attachments that hold the load by exerting pressure
on it (e.g. clamps) must be controlled additionally by
a second operating function (lock) that is actuated
to prevent an unintentional release of the load.
If such an attachment is retrofitted, a second opera-
ting function for actuation must also be retrofitted.
– Make sure that the additional clamp locking
mechanism function is available.
DANGER
There is risk to life caused by a falling load!
During installation of a clamp with integral sideshift,
ensure that the clamp does not open when the
sideshift is actuated.
– Notify your authorised service centre before
installation.
– Never grab or climb on moving parts of the truck.
Hydraulic connection
– Before installing the attachment, release
the pressure from the hydraulic system.
CAUTION
Risk of damage to components!
Open connections of plug connectors can become
dirty. The plug connectors can become stiff and dirt
can enter the hydraulic system.
– Once the attachment has been disassembled,
attach the protective caps to the plug connectors.
Mounting attachments
Mounting an attachment and connecting
the energy supply for an attachment must
7090_900-001
only be performed by competent persons in

accordance with the information provided
by the manufacturer and supplier of the
attachment. After each installation, the
attachment must be checked for correct
function prior to initial commissioning.
NOTE
responsible person: "competent person".
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 191

4 Operation
Attachments
Load capacity with attachment

The permissible load capacity of the attach-
ment and the allowable load (load capacity
and load moment) of the truck must not be ex-
ceeded by the combination of attachment and
payload. The specifications of the manufac-
turer and supplier of the attachment must be
complied with.
– Observe the residual load capacity rating
plate, see the chapter entitled "Taking up a
load using attachments".
Releasing the pressure from the

hydraulic system
Prior to assembling attachments, the plug
connectors must be depressurised.
Attachments must only be installed by au-
thorised personnel in accordance with the
information provided by the manufacturer and
supplier of the attachments. After each instal-
lation, the attachment must be checked for
correct function prior to initial commissioning.
NOTE
The pressure release procedure is dependent
on the operating devices for controlling the
hydraulic functions; see the section entitled
7090_900-001
"Lifting system operating devices".
NOTE
Before carrying out pressure release, lower
the fork carriage and tilt the lift mast back to
the stop. The key switch must be switched on
to release the pressure from the system, but
do not start the engine.
NOTE
In trucks with the "FleetManager" or "access
authorisation with PIN code" equipment va-
riants, access authorisation must be enabled.
– Switch on the key switch.
– Wait two to three seconds.
192 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Attachments
– Actuate the operating lever (1) for control-

ling the hydraulic functions repeatedly in
the direction of the arrow, as far as the end
1
position.
The valves open and the hydraulic system is
depressurised.
– Switch off the key switch.
F1 F2
1 1
1
7312_003-184
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 193

4 Operation
Attachments
General instructions for controlling

attachments
The way in which attachments (variant) are
controlled depends on the operating devices
included in the truck's equipment.
Essentially, a distinction is drawn between:
• Double mini-lever with a 5th function
(variant)
• Triple mini-lever with a 5th function (variant)
• Quadruple mini-lever with a 5th function
(variant)
• Joystick 4Plus
• Joystick 4Plus with a 5th function (variant)
• Fingertip with a 5th function (variant)
– For information on controlling attachments
with the respective operating devices, see
the relevant sections in this chapter.
WARNING
Use of attachments can give rise to additional
hazards such as a change in the centre of gravity,
additional danger areas etc.
Attachments must only be used for their intended
purpose as described in the relevant operating
instructions. Drivers must be taught how to operate
the attachments.
Loads may only be picked up and transported with
attachments if the loads are securely grasped and
attached. Where necessary, loads must also be
secured against slipping, rolling away, falling over,
swinging or tipping over. Note that any change to
the position of the load centre of gravity will affect
the stability of the truck.
– Refer to the capacity rating plate for the attach-
ments being used.
NOTE
Further variants and functions are available in
addition to the functions described below. The
directions of movement can be seen on the
pictograms on the operating devices.
194 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Attachments
NOTE
All the attachments described fall into the
category of equipment variants. Please
see the respective operating instructions
for an exact description of the respective
movements/actions of the attachment fitted.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 195

4 Operation
Attachments
Controlling attachments using a 1

double mini-lever
A D
The attachments (variants) are controlled in
this version using the "attachments" cross
lever (1).
C B
The pictograms on the "attachments" cross
lever show the respective functions that are
activated by this lever.
This essentially involves the following:
– Move the "attachments"(1) cross lever in
the direction of the arrow (A) .
The attachment moves in accordance with the
pictogram in position (A).
5060_003-113

the direction of the arrow (B) .
pictogram in position (B). A
the direction of the arrow (C) .
pictogram in position (C).
the direction of the arrow (D) .
pictogram in position (D). C B D
5060_003-112_V2
196 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Attachments
– Note the following attachment functions and

pictograms. 3 5 7
3 Move sideshift frame or fork forwards

4 6 8
Move sideshift frame or fork back-
4
wards
5 Move sideshift to the left
6 Move sideshift to the right 9 11 13
7 Adjust fork arms: open

10 12 14
8 Adjust fork arms: close
9 Swivel lift mast or fork to the left
10 Swivel lift mast or fork to the right
15 17 19
11 Release load retainer
12 Clamp load retainer 16 18 20
13 Push off the load

14 Pull in the load 7312_003-099
15 Open clamps
16 Close clamps
17 Rotate to the left
18 Rotate to the right
19 Tip shovel over
20 Tip shovel back
NOTE
The pictograms shown correspond to the

attachments fitted to this truck at the factory. If
an attachment with other functions is fitted, the
pictograms must be checked for the correct
representation and changed if necessary.
– Contact the authorised service centre if
required.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 197

4 Operation
Attachments
Controlling attachments using 3 1 2

the double mini-lever and the 5th
function E
NOTE
For technical reasons, clamping attachments
F
must not be controlled via the 5th function.
NOTE
The "lift mast" 360° lever (3) and the "attach-
ments" cross lever (2) control four hydraulic
functions. The designation "5th function" re-
fers to the fact that the 5th hydraulic function
can be controlled with the cross lever by swit-
ching the functions using the "5th function"
function key (1).
The pictograms on the "attachments" cross
lever (2) show the respective functions that
are activated by this lever. E F
– Actuate the "5th function" function key (1)
and move the "attachments" cross lever (2)
in the direction of arrow (E).
pictogram in position (E).
and move the "attachments" cross lever (2)
in the direction of arrow (F).
The attachment moves in accordance with the 7312_003-113_V2
pictogram in position (F).
NOTE
The pictograms are attached depending
on the pre-assembled attachment. If an
attachment with other functions is fitted, the
required.
198 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Attachments

pictograms. 3 5 7

4 6 8
4
wards

10 12 14
15 17
12 Clamp load retainer 16 18

14 Pull in the load
17 Tip shovel over
18 Tip shovel back
.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 199

4 Operation
Attachments
Controlling attachments using a

triple mini-lever 1
The attachments (variant) are controlled in
A
this version using operating levers (1) and (2).
C
The pictograms on the operating levers show
the respective functions that are activated by
these levers. 2
– Move the operating lever (1) towards (A)
pictogram in position (A). B
– Move the operating lever (1) towards (B) D
7325_003-039
pictogram in position (B).

– Move the operating lever (2) towards (C)
The attachment moves in accordance with the A C
pictogram in position (C).
– Move the operating lever (2) towards (D)
pictogram in position (D).
NOTE
attachment with other functions is fitted, the B D
representation and changed if necessary. 5060_003-109_V2

required.
200 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Attachments

pictograms! 3 5 7

4 6 8
4
wards

10 12 14
15 17 19

15 Open clamps
16 Close clamps
19 Tip shovel over
20 Tip shovel back
.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 201

4 Operation
Attachments
Controlling attachments using the

triple mini-lever and the 5th function 3 4
E
NOTE
1
cannot be controlled via the 5th function.
NOTE
2
The "lift mast" 360° lever (3) and operating
levers (1) and (2) control four hydraulic
functions. The designation "5th function"
refers to the fact that the 5th hydraulic function
can be controlled with the operating lever (1) F
by switching the functions using the function
key (4).
these levers.
This essentially involves the following: E
and move operating lever (1) towards (E).
and move operating lever (1) towards (F).
pictogram in position (F). F
NOTE 5060_003-120_V2

required.
202 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Attachments

pictograms. 1
2 Adjust fork arms: close 2
.
5060_003-122
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 203

4 Operation
Attachments
Controlling attachments using a

quadruple mini-lever 1
The attachments (variant) are controlled in A
this version using operating levers (1) and (2). C
the respective function that is activated by
these levers. 2
– Move the operating lever (1) towards (A)
The attachment moves in the direction shown
in pictogram (A).
B
– Move the operating lever (1) towards (B) D
7325_003-041
in pictogram (B).
– Move the operating lever (2) towards (C)
The attachment moves in the direction shown A C
in pictogram (C).
– Move the operating lever (2) towards (D)
in pictogram (D).
NOTE
attachment with other functions is fitted, the B D
representation and changed if necessary. 5060_003-109_V2

required.
204 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Attachments

pictograms! 3 5 7

4 6 8
4
wards

10 12 14
15 17 19

15 Open clamps
16 Close clamps
19 Tip shovel over
20 Tip shovel back
.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 205

4 Operation
Attachments

quadruple mini-lever and the 5th 5
2
function
E
NOTE 1
3
4
NOTE
Operating levers (1) to (4) are used to control
four hydraulic functions. The designation "5th
function" refers to the fact that the 5th hydraulic
function can be controlled with the operating
lever (3) by switching the functions using the
F
"5th function" function key (5). 7325_003-042

these levers.
This essentially involves the following: E
and move operating lever (3) towards (E).
and move operating lever (3) towards (F).
pictogram in position (F). F
NOTE 5060_003-120_V2

required.
206 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Attachments

pictograms. 1
2 Adjust fork arms: close 2
.
5060_003-122
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 207

4 Operation
Attachments
Controlling attachments via the

joystick 4Plus
In this equipment, the attachments (variant) 1
are controlled via the joystick 4Plus (1).
The pictograms on the decal information
about operation of the joystick 4Plus show
the respective functions that are activated
by the individual operating devices of the
joystick 4Plus.
6210_003-085

pictograms.
Function of the 1 2 3
Operating device
attachment
Move sideshift to the
1 Joystick 4Plus 4 5
left/right
Joystick 4Plus or Adjust fork arms:
2 6210_003-098
slider open/close
Move reach frame
3 Slider or fork carriage
forwards/backwards
Joystick 4Plus or Rotate attachment
4 left/right
slider
Tip shovel over/tip
5 Slider
shovel back
NOTE
The pictograms on the joystick 4Plus are

attached according to the attachments fitted to
this truck at the factory. If an attachment with
other functions is fitted, the pictograms must
be checked for the correct representation and
changed if necessary.
required.
208 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Attachments

joystick 4Plus and the 5th function
NOTE
NOTE
The 5th hydraulic function can be used to
control an attachment. The pictograms on
the joystick 4Plus show which attachment
functions can be controlled using the 5th
function.
For attachments that are controlled using
the 5th hydraulic function, the procedures for 2
operation are as follows:
– Press and hold shift key "F"(1) on the
joystick 4Plus.
– Simultaneously actuate the horizontal
rocker button (2) in the direction shown
in the pictogram.
1
The attachment moves in the selected direc-
tion.
NOTE
6210_003-086

required.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 209

4 Operation
Attachments
Controlling the attachments with the

fingertip F1 F2
The attachments (variant) are controlled in

this version using the operating levers (1).
the functions that are activated by that lever. 1
– Move the operating lever (1) forwards
The attachment moves in the direction of
movement shown in the upper part of the
pictogram.
– Move the operating lever (1) backwards
movement shown in the lower part of the 7325_003-031
pictogram.
NOTE
required.
pictograms! 2 3 4
Move side shift frame or fork for-

2
wards/backwards
3 Move sideshift to the left/right
Adjust fork arms: open/close 5 6 7
4
5 Swivel lift mast or fork to the left/right
6 Release/clamp load retainer
7 Push off/pull in load 8 9 10
8 Open/close clamps
9 Turn to the left/right
10 Tip shovel over/tip shovel back 6210_003-031
210 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Attachments
Controlling attachments with the

2
fingertip and 5th function F1 F2
NOTE
3
1
NOTE
The designation "5th function" refers to the
fact that the four operating levers control
four functions, while the "5th function" can
be controlled by switching functions.
The attachments (variant) are controlled using
the operating levers (1).
7325_003-044
You can also use the switch (2) to switch

functions, in which case the corresponding
operating lever controls the "5th function".
The upper and lower parts of the pictogram (3)
behind the operating lever show the function
that is activated with this lever.
– Move the operating lever forwards
movement shown in the upper part of the
pictogram.
– Move the operating lever backwards
movement shown in the lower part of the
pictogram.
– Actuate the switch (2)
The additional function of the attachment is
activated/deactivated and can be controlled
as the "5th function" using the operating lever.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 211

4 Operation
Attachments
– Press function key (4)
NOTE 4
The arrow (5) under the function key indicates F1 F2
which operating lever is equipped with the "5th
function".
The "5th function" is switched to the 3rd
operating lever; see sticker (6).
5
7325_003-045
– Press function key (7)

7
NOTE
F2
The arrow (8) under the function key indicates
F1
which operating lever is equipped with the "5th

function".
The "5th function" is switched to the 4th
operating lever; see sticker (9). 8
NOTE 9
The movement/action of this "5th function"
can be found in the operating instructions of
the fitted attachment.
NOTE
7325_003-046

required.
212 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Attachments

pictograms. 10 11 12
Move side shift frame or fork for-

10
wards/backwards
11 Move sideshift to the left/right
13 14 15
12 Adjust fork arms: open/close
13 Swivel lift mast or fork to the left/right
14 Release/clamp load retainer
15 Push off/pull in load 16 17
16 Turn to the left/right

17 Tip shovel over/tip shovel back
.
6210_003-035
Clamp locking mechanism (variant)

This truck can be fitted with a clamp locking
mechanism as a variant. This prevents the
clamp from opening unintentionally if the
operating function is inadvertently triggered.
DANGER
There is a risk of fatal injury from falling loads if the
correct function of the clamp locking mechanism is
not guaranteed!
If other attachments are used on this truck in addi-
tion to the clamp, make sure that the clamp locking
mechanism function is reassigned to the corre-
sponding operating device every time the clamp is
reassembled; see the chapter entitled "Fitting at-
tachments".
– Make sure that the additional clamp locking
mechanism function is available.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 213

4 Operation
Attachments
Double mini-lever
– To release the clamp locking mechanism,
push the cross lever (1) forwards.
2
The LED for button F2 (2) lights up as long as
the clamp locking mechanism is released.
F1
F2
1
NOTE
The hydraulic function for opening the clamp
is available for one second after the clamp
locking mechanism is released. After one
second, the clamp locking mechanism is
automatically reactivated.
– To open the clamp, push the cross lever (1)
forwards again. 7325_003-047
The clamp can be closed without releasing the

clamp locking mechanism.
– To close the clamp, pull the cross lever (1)
backwards.
Triple mini-lever
push the operating lever (1) forwards. 2
NOTE 1
– To open the clamp, push the operating lever
(1) forwards again. 7325_003-048

– To close the clamp, pull the operating lever
(1) backwards.
214 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Attachments
Quadruple mini-lever
push the operating lever (1) forwards.
2
NOTE
1

(1) backwards.
Joystick 4Plus
– To release the clamp locking mechanism, 1
press and hold shift key F (3) and move the
horizontal rocker button (1) to the right.
– Keep shift key F (3) pressed and move
the horizontal rocker button (1) back to the
neutral position.
The LED (2) lights up as long as the clamp 3
locking mechanism is released.
– To open the clamp, press and hold shift key
F (3) and move the horizontal rocker button
(1) to the right.
2
NOTE 6210_003-097

– To close the clamp, press and hold shift key
F (3) and move the horizontal rocker button
(1) to the left.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 215

4 Operation
Attachments
Fingertip switch
2
push the operating lever (1) forwards.
F1 F2

1
NOTE

(1) backwards.
Taking up a load using attachments 2

WARNING
Risk of accidents!
Attachments may only be used for their intended
purpose as described in the relevant operating 1
instructions.
3
Drivers must be instructed in the handling of the
attachments.
WARNING
Risk of accidents!
Loads may only be picked up and transported with
attachments if they are securely attached. Where
necessary, loads should also be secured against
slipping, rolling, falling over, swinging or tipping
7090_860-002
over. Note that any change to the position of the

load's centre of gravity will affect the stability of the
forklift truck.
Check the capacity rating plates for the attachments
or combination of attachments.
– The rating plates show the permissible

values for:
216 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Auxiliary equipment
• Load capacity Q (kg) (1)

• Lift height h (mm) (2)
• Load distance C (mm) (3)
Auxiliary equipment
Switching the lighting on and off
Driving lights
– To switch on the parking light, press the
button (1).
The front sidelights and the rear lights light
up. On the variant with StVZO (German Road
Traffic Licensing Regulations) equipment, the
licence plate lamp also lights up.
– To switch on the headlights, press the
button (1) again.
The headlights light up in addition to the
parking light.
– To switch off the driving lights, press the
button (1) again. 1
The driving lights go out.
Blue-Q_039
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 217

4 Operation
Auxiliary equipment
Working spotlights
– To switch on the working spotlights (front
and rear), press the button (1).
The working spotlights light up.
– To switch off the working spotlights, press
the button (1) again.
1
The working spotlights go out.
NOTE
In trucks with StVZO (German Road Traffic
Licensing Regulations) equipment (variant),
the following lighting elements on the truck are
also activated when the working spotlights are
switched on:
• Rear lights Blue-Q_008_V3
• Licence plate lamp

• Sidelights
Switching the working spotlight for

reverse travel on and off
The working spotlight for reverse travel is
attached to the overhead guard at the rear. It
provides optimal illumination of the roadway if
the truck is travelling in reverse.
– Press the softkey (1).

The symbol (2) is displayed. The rear
working spotlight does not yet illuminate.
– Set the drive direction to "Reverse".
The rear working spotlight illuminates.
NOTE
If the drive direction is set to "Forwards", the
rear working spotlight goes out.
1 2
218 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Auxiliary equipment
Switching the rotating beacon on and

off
– Press the Softkey (1) to switch on the
rotating beacon.
The rotating beacon is switched on. The
– To switch off the rotating beacon, press the
Softkey .
The rotating beacon goes out. The symbol
(2) is displayed.
1 2
5060_003-045_V2
Switching the hazard warning

system on and off 1
– To switch on the hazard warning system,
press the button (1).
All turn indicators and indicator lights (2) flash. 2
– To switch off the hazard warning system,
press the button (1) again.
The hazard warning system goes out.
NOTE
To switch on the hazard warning system
without the key switch being switched on,
press and hold the button for three seconds. 5060_003-011_V2
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 219

4 Operation
Auxiliary equipment
Switching the turn indicator on and

off
Mini-lever version
– Switch on the turn indicators by moving
the cross lever of the drive direction/turn
indicator (1) to the left or to the right.
1
F1
F2
5060_003-096
The turn indicators and the corresponding turn

indicator displays (2) or (3) flash.
2 3
– Switch off the turn indicators by moving the
cross lever to the centre position.
5060_003-012_V2
220 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Auxiliary equipment
Fingertip version
1
– Switch on the turn indicators by actuation
the corresponding left-hand or right-hand
turn indicator button (1).
F1 F2
7325_003-051

2 3
– Switch off the turn indicators by actuating
the other turn indicator button.
5060_003-012_V2
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 221

4 Operation
Auxiliary equipment
Mini-console version
– Switch on the turn indicators by moving the 1
turn indicator switch (1) to the left or to the
right.
5060_003-046

2 3
– Switch off the turn indicators by moving the
turn indicator switch to the centre position.
5060_003-012_V2
222 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Auxiliary equipment
Switching the double working

2
spotlights on and off.
The double working spotlights are fitted up on
the front right and left on the overhead guard.
Each double working spotlight consists of
an upper working spotlight (2) and a lower
working spotlight (3). The upper working
spotlight illuminates the working area at
great lift heights, the lower working spotlight
illuminates the working area directly in front of
the truck.
Depending on the equipment, the upper
working spotlights can be switched on/off
automatically or manually. 3
6210_003-060
Switching the upper working spotlights

on/off manually
NOTE
The upper working spotlights can be switched
on/off independently of the lower working
spotlights. For information about switching on
the lower working spotlights, see the section
entitled "Switching the lighting on and off".
NOTE
This function is not available if the truck is
equipped with rear window heating.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 223

4 Operation
Auxiliary equipment
– Press Softkey (1) to switch on the

working spotlights.
The working spotlights are switched on. The
– Press Softkey to switch off the working
spotlights.
The working spotlights are switched off. The
Switching the upper working spotlights

on/off automatically 1
– For information about switching on the 6311_003-030_V3
working spotlights, see the chapter entitled
"Switching the lighting on and off".
The lower working spotlights light up.
The upper working spotlights are switched on
automatically when the lift mast is lifted for a
period of at least two seconds.
NOTE
During these two seconds, a maximum of two
lifts can be executed to prevent the working
spotlights from switching on each time a
precise adjustment is made. If more lifts are
carried out during this time, the upper working
spotlights will remain switched off.
NOTE
The upper working spotlights are switched
off automatically when the truck is driven for
longer than one second at a speed faster than
2.1 km/h.
Lift-height-controlled switching on/off of

the upper working spotlights
NOTE
This equipment is available only if a proximity
switch is fitted to the lift mast to record a
particular lift height of the fork carriage on
the lift mast.
224 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Auxiliary equipment
– Switch on the working spotlights.

The lower working spotlights light up.
The upper working spotlights are switched on
by the proximity switch when the fork carriage
reaches or exceeds the preset lift height.
The upper working spotlights are switched off
by the proximity switch when the fork carriage
falls below the preset lift height again.
CAUTION
Possible component damage caused by collision if
the proximity switch is set incorrectly.
– The proximity switch may be adjusted by trained
personnel.
– If necessary, inform the authorised service
centre.
STILL SafetyLight (variant)
WARNING
Danger of damage to eyes from
looking into the STILL SafetyLight.
Do not look into the STILL SafetyLight.
The STILL SafetyLight is a visual warning unit

designed to enable early detection of trucks
in driving areas with low visibility (such as
drive lanes, high racks), as well as at blind
junctions. The STILL SafetyLight is mounted
on a support on the overhead guard such
that it is not affected by jolts and vibrations.
The STILL SafetyLight projects one or more
light-blue light spots in front of or behind
the truck and thus warns others about the
approaching truck. Several light spots are
projected as a chase light. The chase light
indicates the location of the truck with its
direction of travel.
Depending on the configuration of the truck,
the STILL SafetyLight automatically switches
itself on when the truck is moving. The
STILL SafetyLight can also be switched on
and off on the display-operating unit.
– To do so, press the corresponding button.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 225

4 Operation
Auxiliary equipment
NOTE
If the truck is to be operated on public roads,
the STILL SafetyLight must be switched off.
Operating the windscreen

wiper/washer
– Press the button (1) to activate the front
wiper/washer (variant) and the roof panel
wiper (variant). 1
– Push button (2) to actuate the rear wind-
screen wiper/washer (variant).
Repeated pressing of the respective button
switches between the operating stages in the
sequence shown below.
Button actuation Operating stage

Off
1st time On
2nd time Interval 2
3rd time + hold Washer
7312_003-171_V3
4th time Off

.
Filling the washer system
CAUTION
Components may become damaged due to the
effects of frost!
Water expands when it freezes. If there is no
anti-freeze in the washer system, the system may
be damaged due to the build up of ice in freezing
conditions.
– Always use washer fluid containing anti-freeze.
The windscreen washer reservoir is under the

compartment behind the driver's seat. The
sight glass (1) displays the fill level.
226 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Auxiliary equipment
– Open filler cap (2) for the windscreen

washer reservoir.
– Fill the windscreen washer reservoir with
washer fluid and anti-freeze in accor-
dance with the maintenance data table; 2
see ⇒ Chapter "Maintenance data ta-
ble", P. 5-325.
– Close lid.
– Operate washer system until washer fluid is
discharged from the spray nozzles. 1
7331_341-001
FleetManager (variant)
FleetManager is an equipment variant and
can be fitted to the truck in different versions.
The description and operation information can
be found in the separate operating instructions
for the corresponding FleetManager versions.
Shock recognition (variant)

The shock recognition is an equipment variant
of the FleetManager (variant) in which an
acceleration sensor is installed in the truck.
The acceleration sensor records data arising
from rapid accelerations or decelerations of
the truck, e.g. in the event of an accident.
This data can be electronically read out and
evaluated.
Cruise control (variant)

Using the cruise control function, the driver
can save the speed in forwards travel when it is
> 6.0 km/h by pressing a button, and continue
driving without actuating the accelerator
pedal.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 227

4 Operation
Auxiliary equipment
NOTE
The cruise control function cannot be used
for reverse travel or when travelling at speeds
below 6.0 km/h.
Depending on the truck equipment, the cruise
control can be switched on and off via the drive
direction switch or the display and operating
unit.
Switching on and off via the drive direction
switch (1).
F1
F2
1 F1 F2
7325_003-057
228 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Auxiliary equipment
Switching on and off using the Softkeys on the

Switching on cruise control

WARNING 2
Risk of accident from failing to adjust speed! 3 8
6
Driving at excessive speeds can cause accidents, 4
e.g. the truck could tip over when cornering.
9
– Adjust speed along the entire distance being 5 0
travelled
– Pay particular attention to cornering speed
– Observe safety regulations when driving
– Observe the special behaviour of the cruise
control function and the dangers associated with
it 7312_003-150
– Start drive mode.

– Accelerate the truck to the required speed
(at least 6.0 km/h)
– Press the drive direction switch (1) for
forward travel again for at least one second,
or press the corresponding Softkey on the
display-operating unit. 1
F1
F2
1 F1 F2
7325_003-057
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 229

4 Operation
Auxiliary equipment
The current speed is saved. The forward travel

indicator (2) flashes.
Cruise control is switched on. The symbol
is displayed.
– Remove your foot from the accelerator 2
pedal. 3 8
The truck continues to drive at the selected

6
4 9
speed until the cruise control function is 7
switched off again. 5 0
7312_003-150
Switching off cruise control

The cruise control function is switched off by
means of one of the following actions: 1
• Actuate the foot brake
• Actuate the parking brake
• Actuate the accelerator pedal
• Move the drive direction switch (1) into the
neutral position or reverse F1
F2
• Actuate the corresponding Softkey (see
arrows, previous picture) on the display-
operating unit.
NOTE
If the seat switch is not actuated, the truck's
cruise control function and drive function are 1 F1 F2
switched off. 1
The accelerator pedal can be used to switch
off the cruise control function, depending on
which function type is programmed:
• Type 1:
Even slightly depressing the accelerator
pedal switches off the cruise control func-
tion 7325_003-057
• Type 2:
To switch off the cruise control function, the
accelerator pedal must be depressed at
least as far as it was when saving the speed
– Switch off cruise control
230 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Auxiliary equipment
The forward travel indicator (2) illuminates.

Cruise control is switched off. The symbol
is displayed.
NOTE 2
If the truck is configured with automatic 3 8
functions that reduce the driving speed to 6 6
km/h or less in certain situations, then these

4 9
functions will also switch the cruise control off

7
5 0
automatically.
7312_003-150
Driver restraint systems (variants)

Different driver restraint systems are available
as variants for this truck. The description and
operation for these systems can be found
in the separate "Driver restraint systems"
operating instructions.
Ceiling sensor (variant)

Description
The ceiling sensor (1) on the overhead guard
is an assistance system that automatically
reduces the driving speed of the truck within 1
halls. However, this assistance system does
not release the driver from the responsibility
of observing the speed limits on company
premises.
Depending on the system setting, the ceiling
sensor can detect overhead structures above
the truck at a height of 2 m to 24 m above the
sensor.
Operating the ceiling sensor system

The drivers are to be instructed on the use
of the ceiling sensor system by the operating
company.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 231

4 Operation
Auxiliary equipment
When the driver enters a hall for the first

time after starting work, he must be certain
that the ceiling sensor system is functioning
correctly. Despite the ceiling sensor system
being installed, the driver must also check the
speed indicator on the display-operating unit
on a regular basis to ensure that he does not
exceed the maximum speed permitted for the
environment.
• Entering a hall
The ceiling detector system automatically
detects whether the truck enters a hall. The
system then automatically slows the truck to
the maximum speed that is set for the hall.
• Leaving a hall
If the truck leaves the hall again, the ceiling
detector system enables the maximum
speed set for areas outside the hall. Due
to the range of the sensor, this may not
happen until the truck is a few metres away
from the hall exit. Before the truck is able to
accelerate to the maximum speed permitted
for outdoor areas, the speed limitation must
still be unlocked. To do this, release the
accelerator briefly and then operate the
accelerator again.
• Switching on the truck in a hall
If the truck is switched on inside a hall, the
ceiling detector system detects the hall
ceiling and reduces the driving speed to the
maximum speed that is set for halls.
Possible limitations for object recognition

• If the truck moves under larger overhead
structures outdoors, e.g. a pedestrian
bridge, the ceiling sensor system may
interpret this overhead structure to be a hall
ceiling and reduce the maximum speed.
• In rare cases, it may occur that the ceiling
sensor system does not recognize a ceiling
and does not then reduce the speed. This
can happen if the signals from the ceiling
sensor are insufficiently reflected due to the
ceiling geometry; for example, if there are
large window areas at a 45° angle.
232 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Auxiliary equipment
In these cases, the sensitivity and the range of

the ceiling sensor system must be adjusted.
For more information, refer to the next chapter.
Changing the sensor settings

The ceiling sensor system is supplied by
STILL with the following factory settings:
Sensitivity: High
Ceiling height: 24 m
– Pull out the connecting cable from the
sensor.
– On the underside of the assembly baseplate
on the overhead guard, loosen the four nuts
(1) on the sensor.
– Carefully remove the sensor.
1
– Using the supplied key (2), open the sensor
housing to gain access to the DIP switches.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 233

4 Operation
Auxiliary equipment
– Using the DIP switches "1" to "5" (3), adjust

the range and the sensitivity of the sensor.
The DIP switches can be adjusted using a
small screwdriver.
CAUTION
The settings for DIP switches "6" to "8" are the
factory settings of the manufacturer.
They must not be changed!
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Factory settings of the manufacturer - do not

change
3
DIP switch
6 7 8
1 1 0
The possible settings for DIP switches "1" to

"5" are shown in the following tables:
DIP switch
1 2 3 Range
0 0 0 2 m
0 0 1 3 m
0 1 0 4 m
0 1 1 6 m
1 0 0 8 m
1 0 1 12 m
1 1 0 16 m
1 1 1 24 m
4 5 Sensitivity
0 0 Very high
0 1 High
1 0 Medium
1 1 Low
The sensor has different beam angles de-

pending on the combination of range and
234 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Auxiliary equipment
sensitivity that has been set. See the following

table:
Sensitivity Range Beam angle

2m 22.5°
4m 22.5°
Low (1) 8m 20°
16 m 15°
24 m 5°
2m 35°
4m 30°
Medium (2) 8m 25°
16 m 22.5°
24 m 10°
Sensitivity Range Beam angle

2m 42°
4m 33°
High (3) 8m 22.5°
16 m 20°
24 m 15°
2m 45°
4m 43°
Very high (4) 8m 30°
16 m 22.5°
24 m 18°
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 235

4 Operation
Auxiliary equipment
Representation of the beam angle depending

on the sensitivity of the sensor that has been
set, from (1)"low" to (4)"very high".
4 3 2 1 2 3 4
Additional labelling
Adhesive label next to the display-operating
unit
236 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Cab
Cab
Opening the cab door
DANGER
There is a risk of damage caused by collision if the
cab door opens while driving.
– The cab door must be latched securely in the
engaged position.
1
Opening the cab door from the outside:
2
– Insert the key in the door lock (1), unlock
and remove the key.
– Pull the door handle (2) and release the
door lock. 3 4 5
7331_341-003
– Open the cab door (3) by pulling outwards.
Opening the cab door from the inside:

– Take hold of the handlebar (4) and latch (5).
– Press the latch in and push the cab door
outwards.
Opening the side windows

1
4
WARNING
There is a risk of crushing between the window
frame and side window from the side windows 2
slipping inadvertently during travel.
– Make sure that the handle engages securely in
the corresponding stop slot.
Opening the rear side window:

– Press the handle (2) together and slide the
rear side window (1) forwards.
3
– Make sure that the handle engages in the
stop slot (3). 7331_341-007
Opening the front side window:

The front side window (4) can be opened in the
same way as the rear side window.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 237

4 Operation
Cab
Closing the cab door
DANGER
There is risk of damage caused by collision if the
cab door opens while driving.
– The cab door must be securely engaged in the
detent position.
Closing the cab door from the outside:

– Push the cab door (2) inwards until the door
lock engages.
– Make sure that the cab door is fully closed.
2 1
Closing the cab door from the inside:
7314_003-041
– Take hold of the handlebar (1).

– Pull the cab door inwards until the door lock
engages.
– Make sure that the cab door is fully closed.
Opening the side windows

1
5
WARNING
There is risk of crushing between the window frame
and side window caused by the side windows
2
the corresponding stop slot. 4
Opening the rear side window:

rear side window (1) forwards.
3
stop slot (3). 7314_003-040
Opening the front side window:

front side window (5) to the rear.
stop slot (3).
238 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Cab
Closing the side windows

1
4
WARNING
There is a risk of crushing between the window
frame and side window from the side windows 2
the corresponding stop slot.
Closing the rear side window:

– Press the handle (2) together and pull the
rear side window (1) to the rear.
3
stop slot (3). 7331_341-007
Closing the front side window:

The front side window (4) can be closed in the
same way as the rear side window.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 239

4 Operation
Cab
Operating the interior lighting

7 8
7312_003-013
– Switch the interior lighting (7) on or off using

the switch (8) or button (1).
The "interior lighting" symbol (2) appears in
the display.
1 2
6311_003-013_V2
240 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Cab
Operating the rear window heating

– Press Softkey (1) to switch on the rear
window heating.
Rear window heating is switched on.
The symbol is displayed.
– Press Softkey (1) to switch off the rear
window heating.
Rear window heating is switched off.
The (2) symbol is displayed.
NOTE
1 2
Rear window heating will switch off automati-
cally after approximately 10 minutes.
6311_003-014_V2
Radio (variant)
The radio (1) and the loudspeakers (2) are an
equipment variant. If the truck is equipped with
a radio and loudspeakers, they are integrated
1
into the roof lining.
The description and operation can be found
in the separate operating instructions for the
radio.
WARNING
The driver's attention is adversely affected by
operating the radio or listening to excessive volume 2
while driving or handling loads. There is a risk of
accident!
– Do not use the radio when driving or when
handling loads. 6321_003-015
– Set the radio volume so that you can still hear

warning signals.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 241

4 Operation
Cab
Heating system (variant)
DANGER
Risk of explosion!
Do not expose spray cans or gas
cartridges to the flow of hot air.
The heater should not be operated
near storage rooms or similar facilities
where fuel vapours or coal, wood or
grain dust could accumulate.
Switching on the blower

– To switch on the blower, turn on the blower
switch (1).
The blower runs at the speed level set at the 1
switch.
Switching on the heating system

DANGER 2
Risk of fire!
Do not cover the heater!
DANGER
Risk of burns!
Do not touch housing during opera- 7331_345-001
tion!
NOTE
Only switch on the heating system when the

blower is running.
– To switch on the heating system, turn on the
heating switch (2).
The heating system is in operation. The air
is heated up to the heater power set at the
variable heating switch (2).
242 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Cab
Adjusting the air flow

– Adjust air flow at the front outlet vents (3)
and the outlet vent in the footwell (4).
7331_345-002
Air conditioning (variant)

Switching on the air conditioning
– Switch the blower switch (1) on.
– Set the cryostat (2) to the desired level.
– Switch on the air conditioning by pressing
1
the switch (3).
Switching off the air conditioning

3
– Switch off the air conditioning by pressing 2
the switch (3).
– Switch off the blower switch (1).
7331_346-001
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 243

4 Operation
Trailer operation
Trailer operation
Towed load
DANGER
There is an increased risk of accident when using a
trailer.
Using a trailer changes the truck handling charac-
teristics. When towing, operate the truck such that
the trailer train can be safely driven and braked at
all times. The maximum permissible speed when
towing is 5 km/h.
– Do not exceed the permissible speed of 5 km/h.
– Do not couple the truck in front of rail vehicles.
– The truck must not be used to push any kind of
trolley.
– It must be possible to drive and brake at all times.
6210_313-001
CAUTION
The maximum towed load for occasional towing
is the rated capacity specified on the nameplate.
Overloading can lead to component damage on the
truck. The sum of the actual towed load and the
actual load on the fork must not exceed the rated
capacity. If the existing towed load corresponds
to the rated capacity of the truck, no load may be
transported on the fork at the same time. The load
can be distributed between the fork and the trailer.
– Check the load distribution and adjust it to
correspond to the rated capacity.
– Observe the permissible rigidity value of the tow
coupling.
CAUTION
The maximum towed load only applies when towing
unbraked trailers on a level surface (maximum
deviation +/- 1%) and on firm ground. The towed
load must be reduced if towing on gradients. If
necessary, notify the authorised service centre of
the application conditions. The service centre will
provide the required data.
– Inform the authorised service centre.
244 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Trailer operation
CAUTION
A support load is not permitted.
– Do not use trailers with tillers supported by the
tow coupling.
This truck is suitable for the occasional towing

of trailers. If the truck is equipped with a
towing device, this occasional towing must
not exceed 2% of the daily operating time. If
the truck is to be used for towing on a more
regular basis, the manufacturer should be
consulted.
Coupling pin in the counterweight

Coupling the trailer
DANGER
If you briefly leave the truck to couple or uncouple,
there is a risk to life caused by the truck rolling away
and running you over.
– Turn off the key switch and remove the key.
– Take measures to prevent the trailer from

rolling away, e.g. use wheel chocks (1).
1 7090_900-008
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 245

4 Operation
Trailer operation
– Push the coupling pin (2) down, turn 90°

and pull out.
– Adjust tiller height.
DANGER
Persons may become trapped between the truck
and trailer.
When hooking up, ensure that no one is between
the truck and trailer.
– Slowly move the truck back.

– By moving the truck back, introduce the tiller
into the gap (3) of the counterweight.
DANGER 2 3
In the event of loss or destruction of the coupling pin 7331_313-001
or the securing bush during towing, the trailer works

loose and becomes uncontrollable, meaning there
is a risk of accident!
– Use only original coupling pins that have been
checked for good condition.
– Ensure that the coupling pin is correctly inserted
and secured.
– Insert the coupling pin into the counter-

weight, press downwards against the spring
pressure and turn 90° (the coupling pin is
locked in this position).
– Remove any items used to prevent the
trailer from rolling away.
Uncoupling the trailer

rolling away, e.g. use wheel chocks.
246 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Trailer operation
– Push the coupling pin (2) down, turn 90°

and pull out.
– Slowly move the truck forwards and guide
the tow-bar eye completely out of the
counterweight.
– Insert the coupling pin into the counter-
weight, press downwards against the spring
pressure and turn 90° (the coupling pin is
locked in this position).
2 3
7331_313-001
Automatic tow coupling
DANGER
People may be trapped between the truck and
trailer.
DANGER
Never jack up the truck on the tow coupling or use
it for crane lifting. The tow coupling is not designed
for this and could be deformed or damaged. This
could cause the truck to fall, with potentially fatal
consequences!
– Use the tow coupling only for towing.
– For jacking up and crane loading, use only the
designated lifting points.
DANGER
The tow coupling is not designed to support loads
and could become deformed or destroyed. This
could cause the supported load to fall, with poten-
tially fatal consequences!
– The tow coupling should be subjected only to
horizontal loads, i.e. the tiller must be horizontal.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 247

4 Operation
Trailer operation
DANGER
If you briefly leave the truck to couple or uncouple
the trailer, there is a risk to life caused by the truck
rolling away and running you over.
– Lower the forks to the ground.
– Switch off the key switch and remove the key.
WARNING
Never reach between the coupling pins and the
towing jaws. If the component moves suddenly
there is a risk of injury!
– To release the coupling pin, actuate the corre-
sponding lever or use a suitable device (e.g.
assembly lever).
– When not in use, close the automatic tow
coupling.
WARNING
Risk of damage due to component collision.
A truck with tow coupling needs more room for
manoeuvring due to its overhang. The tow coupling
can damage the racking or the tow coupling itself
when manoeuvring. If there is a collision with the
tow coupling, test the tow coupling for damage
such as cracks. A damaged tow coupling must not
be used again.
– Always manoeuvre carefully and with sufficient
room.
– In the case of a collision, test the tow coupling for
damage.
– Replace tow coupling if damaged, if necessary
WARNING
Risk of damage to the tow bar eye or tiller!
Due to the truck's rear wheel steering, the side
slewing angle of the tiller may not be adequate. The
coupling or the tiller may be damaged! The tow bar
eye of the tiller must fit the tow coupling in terms of
shape and size.
– Ensure that the tow bar eye and tiller fit correctly.
– Avoid sharp cornering.
– Exercise care when travelling and manoeuvring
in reverse.
248 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Trailer operation
WARNING
Risk of component damage if the tiller in the tow
coupling is tilted!
The tiller should be kept as horizontal as possible
when towing. This ensures that the rotation range
is sufficient at the top and bottom. The authorised
service centre can adjust the assembly height for
the tow coupling to the tiller height if necessary.
– Make sure that the tiller is level.
– To change the coupling height, contact the
Coupling model RO*243
NOTE
Tow coupling RO 243 is intended for a tow-bar
eye in accordance with DIN 74054 (bore
diameter: 40 mm).
rolling away, e.g. use wheel chocks (1).
– Adjust the tow bar eye of the tiller so that it is
at the centre of the towing jaws.
1 7090_900-008
– Pull out the safety handle (3).

– Push the hand lever (2) upwards.
DANGER 2
Persons may become trapped between the truck
and trailer.
the truck and trailer. 3
CAUTION
When being coupled, the tow-bar eye must engage
in the middle of the coupling jaw. Failure to follow
these instructions could result in damage to the
coupling jaw or to the tow-bar eye!
– Ensure that the tow-bar eye enters the coupling
jaw centrally. 7321_003-064
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 249

4 Operation
Trailer operation
DANGER
If the coupling pin drops out during towing, the trailer
will work loose and can no longer be controlled.
There is a risk of accident!
A protruding safety handle means that the tow bar
eye has not been coupled correctly. The trailer
must not be towed in this condition.
– Ensure that the safety handle is flush with the
securing bush.
– If the safety handle protrudes, repeat the coup-
ling process.

– Tow the trailer.
Closing model RO*243 by hand

DANGER
Risk of injury from hand becoming trapped!
Do not reach into the coupling pin area. If, for
example, a tow rope is to be secured in the tow
coupling, use only a suitable device to close the tow
coupling (e.g. assembly lever).
– Use a suitable device (e.g. assembly lever)

to push the coupling pin up.
The coupling pin is released from the latch and
the tow coupling then closes automatically.
Uncoupling model RO*243

2
– Slowly drive the truck forwards until the tow- 3
bar eye and towing jaws are disconnected.
– Close the tow coupling by hand.
7321_003-064
250 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Trailer operation
Coupling model RO*244 A
NOTE
Trailer coupling RO 244 is intended for a tow
bar eye in accordance with DIN 74054 (bore
diameter 40 mm) or DIN 8454 (bore diameter
35 mm).
– Push the hand lever (2) upwards until it
snaps into place.
The tow coupling is opened.
DANGER
People can become trapped between the truck and
trailer!
CAUTION
jaw centrally.
– Move the truck back slowly until the tow bar

eye is inserted centrally into the coupling
jaw of the tow coupling and the coupling pin
engages.
NOTE
The coupling pin is correctly engaged if the
control pin (3) does not protrude out of its
guide.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 251

4 Operation
Trailer operation
DANGER
The control pin (3) must not protrude out of its guide.
– Ensure that the coupling pin is engaged cor-
rectly.
If the coupling pin is not correctly engaged:
– Remove any items used to prevent the trailer
from rolling away.
– Move the truck with the trailer forwards approx.
1 m and then move it back slightly.
– On the coupling pin, check again that the control
pin does not protrude out of its guide.

Closing model RO*244 A by hand

DANGER
Risk of injury from hand becoming trapped!
Do not reach into the coupling pin area. If, for
example, a tow rope is to be secured in the tow
coupling, only actuate the tow coupling via the
closing lever (1).
– Press the closing lever (1) downwards as

far as it will go.
The tow coupling is closed.
Uncoupling model RO*244 A

snaps into place.
The tow coupling is opened.
– Slowly drive the truck forwards until the tow-
– Close the tow coupling by actuating the
closing lever (1).
252 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Trailer operation
NOTE
To protect the lower coupling pin bush against
contamination, always keep the tow coupling
closed.

7 5
NOTE
Trailer coupling RO 245 is intended for a
tow-bar eye in accordance with DIN 74054
(bore diameter 40 mm) or DIN 8454 (bore
diameter 35 mm).
rolling away, e.g. use wheel chocks. 6
– The tow coupling is opened.
7321_003-066_V2
DANGER
People can become trapped between the truck and
trailer!

DANGER
– Make sure that the control pin does not protrude
from the control bush.
– Repeat the coupling process if necessary.

57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 253

4 Operation
Trailer operation

– Take measures to prevent the trailer from 7 5
– Push the closing lever (7) on the left side of
the tow coupling down as far as it will go.
6
The tow coupling is closed.
7321_003-066_V2

7
NOTE
Tow coupling RO 841 is intended for a tow-bar
eye in accordance with DIN 74054 (bore
diameter 40 mm).
snaps into place.
DANGER
People may be trapped between truck and trailer. 8
CAUTION
jaw centrally.
7321_003-067
254 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Trailer operation
DANGER
– Make sure that the control pin does not protrude
from the control bush.
– Repeat the coupling process if necessary.


– Close the tow coupling.
Towing trailers 7090_900-011
– Drivers who are towing a trailer for the first

time must practise driving with a trailer in a
suitable area.
– When passing through narrow road areas
(entrances, gates etc.), observe the dimen-
sions of the trailer and load.
– When towing multiple trailers, ensure
a sufficient minimum distance to fixed
installations when turning and cornering.
The permissible length of the trailer trains
depends on the roadways to be driven and
may need to be determined during the test
drive.
It is the responsibility of the operating com-
pany to instruct the drivers regarding the
permissible number of trailers and, where
required, any additional speed reductions on
individual sections of the route.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 255

4 Operation
Trailer operation
NOTE
and "driver".
256 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Display messages
Display messages
Display content
On the display of the display-operating unit,
event-related messages may appear due to
2 3 4
certain truck conditions.
1
The following types of message may appear 3 8
individually or in combination:
1
6
4 9
• A graphic symbol (2) 2 7
• The message (3)

0
• An error code (4) consisting of a letter and a

four-digit number
NOTE
Each time a message appears, the "Malfunc-
tion" display (1) also lights up. 7312_003-157
Messages are always shown repeatedly and

for a certain period of time, according to the
event.
In the case of successive events, the respec-
tive messages are displayed one after another
on the display.
After a few seconds, the display will alternate
between the last shown operating display and
the message.
The frequency of alternation depends on the
type of event.
– If a message appears, follow these operat-
ing instructions.
Once the event is remedied, the message will
disappear.
If a malfunction continues to occur, the
message will continue to appear.
– Park the truck safely.
– Inform the authorised service centre.
Error code table

The table gives an overview of possible
displays. In the "Comment" column you will
find information on how to proceed should any
of these messages appear.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 257

4 Operation
Display messages
Message text / Comment

Error code
DRIVE Temperature sensor fault
A5041 Notify your authorised service centre.
BRAKE SENSOR Sensor fault; truck can only be driven at emergency mode
A3016 speed.
BRAKE SENSOR Brake fluid level too low or switch defective; truck can only be
A3035 driven at the emergency mode speed.
Notify your authorised service centre.
ACCELERATOR Sensor fault, truck cannot be driven.
A3003
A3004
A3005
A3006
A3007
A3505
ACCELERATOR Accelerator voltages (for dual pedal) do not match; truck
A3008 cannot be driven.
ACCELERATOR Accelerator configuration is invalid. Truck cannot be driven.
DRIVE DIRECTION Switch error; no or limited drive unit function.
VERTICAL MAST ERROR No hydraulic function.
A3135 Turn off "vertical lift mast position".
LIFTING Sensor fault; no or limited hydraulic drive function.
A3103
CONFIGURATION Parametrisation error or defective printed circuit board; drive
A2111 unit and hydraulic drive not functioning.
CONFIGURATION Parametrisation error; drive unit and hydraulic drive not
A3801 functioning.
CONFIGURATION Drive programme parameters are outside the permitted
A3812 range. The drive programme parameters are limited inter-
nally.
COOLANT LEVEL Fan is not running.
A5611 Cooling fluid level too low; check cooling fluid level and top
up if necessary.
If this does not resolve the problem, contact your authorised
service centre.
258 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Display messages

Error code
STEERING Sensor fault; truck moves at emergency mode speed.
ALTERNATOR Starter battery is not charged.
LPG AUTO. VALVE Automatic shut-off valve does not close.
A5670 Manually close shut-off valve on LPG cylinder/LPG tank.
AIR FILTER Depending on the design of the air filter, replace the filter
A5651 insert or the filter cartridges. If this does not resolve the
problem, contact your authorised service centre.
VERTICAL MAST No hydraulic function.
A3130 Turn off "vertical lift mast position".
A3132
TILTING Sensor fault; no or limited hydraulic drive function.
A3108
OIL PRESSURE Engine faulty (no oil pressure) or sensor faulty. Engine is
A5631 switched off for protection.
SEAT SWITCH Seat switch has not been operated for approx. 8 hours.
A302 Truck can possibly still be driven at a reduced speed and with
reduced lifting capacity.
Stand up briefly and then sit down again.
If this does not resolve the problem, contact your authorised
service centre.
CONTROL UNIT CIO not functioning.
OVERHEATING Traction motor(s) is/are too hot.
A5022 1st phase: regulation of acceleration and speed.
2nd phase: limitation of phase current in converter (emer-
gency driving function is retained).
The error automatically disappears as soon as the tempera-
ture is below the limit.
If the error occurs frequently, notify your authorised service
centre
SURVEILLANCE Drive unit not functioning.
A2801 Release accelerator pedal.
A2802 If this error occurs sporadically, it can be tolerated. If the
A2808 operational capacity is impaired, notify your authorised
A2809 service centre.
A2810
A2815
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 259

4 Operation
Display messages

Error code
SURVEILLANCE Drive direction is set to neutral.
A2803 Reselect the drive direction.
A2806 If this error occurs sporadically, it can be tolerated. If the
operational capacity is impaired, notify your authorised
service centre.
SURVEILLANCE Truck is not ready for operation.
A2817 Turn the key switch to the zero position and restart.
If this error occurs sporadically, it can be tolerated. If the
operational capacity is impaired, notify your authorised
service centre.
POWER SUPPLY Transmitter power supply short circuit. Truck cannot be
A2242 driven.
EXT1 Sensor fault; no or limited hydraulic drive function.
A3113
EXT2 Sensor fault; no or limited hydraulic drive function.
A3118
General messages
NOTE
Some of the following messages are equip-
ment-specific and may not appear on the
display and operating unit of every truck. The
following messages are therefore intended
only as a reference.
SERVICE BRAKE message

If the message SERVICE BRAKE appears
on the display, notify the authorised service
centre.
– Park the truck securely for checking by the
– If multi-disc brakes in the drive wheel units
are blocked, tow the truck.
260 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Display messages
APPLY HANDBRAKE message

DANGER
Risk of fatal injury from being run over if the truck
rolls away!
Parking the truck without the parking brake applied
is dangerous and is not permitted.
– Only leave the truck when the parking brake has
been applied.
– In emergencies, secure the truck using wedges
on the side facing downhill.
NOTE
The truck is equipped with a negative spring-
operated brake. Switching off the truck will
block the multi-disc brakes in the drive wheel
units after a few minutes. However, the truck
can still roll until the drive wheel units are
blocked. For this reason, the parking brake
must always be applied before you leave the
truck!
If you park the truck without applying the
parking brake and then vacate the driver's
seat, the APPLY HANDBRAKE message will
appear in the display (variant). An optional
signal tone sounds.
The APPLY HANDBRAKE message disap-
pears.
If the truck moves even though the parking
brake is applied:
– Drive the truck onto level ground and park it
safely. Secure it with wedges if necessary.
BRAKE SENSOR message

If the BRAKE SENSOR message appears in
the display, the maximum driving speed will be
reduced. The brake sensor in the brake pedal
must be checked.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 261

4 Operation
Display messages
CODE DENIED message

If the message CODE DENIED appears on
the display, the driver PIN has been entered
incorrectly three times. The input is then
locked for five minutes before another attempt
can be made.
– Enter the driver PIN again after five minutes.
ACCELERATOR message
If the ACCELERATOR message appears on
the display, the truck will remain stationary.
The accelerator must be checked.
SWITCH OFF TRUCK? message

If the message SWITCH OFF THE TRUCK?
appears on the display, the switching-off of the
truck is verified.
– Press the corresponding softkey on the
display and operating unit to switch off the
truck or cancel the operation.
PARKING BRAKE ACTIVE message

If the electric parking brake is applied, the
PARKING BRAKE ACTIVE message ap-
pears on the display for 5 seconds.
– Release the parking brake to enable driving
mode.
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE message

If the message RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
appears on the display, driving mode cannot
be enabled until the parking brake has been
released by pressing the button.
– Release the parking brake by pressing the
button.
PARKING BRAKE: APPLY HAND-

BRAKE! message
If the message PARKING BRAKE: APPLY
HANDBRAKE! appears on the display, the
electric parking brake is faulty.
262 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Display messages
– Release the parking brake by pressing the

button.
LOWER FORKS message

DANGER
There is a risk of fatal injury from a falling load or
parts of the truck being lowered!
Parking the truck with the load lifted is dangerous
and is not permitted under any circumstances! The
increased safety provided by this function must not
be misused in order to take safety risks.
– Lower the load fully before leaving the truck.
The fork is not lowered.

If the fork is above the height sensor, the key
switch is turned off and the seat vacated,
the LOWER FORKS message appears in
the display (variant). An optional signal tone
sounds.
The message LOWER FORKS disappears.
STEERING message
If the STEERING message appears in the
display, the truck will only move at emergency
mode speed. The steering angle sensor must
be checked. 7312_003-071_en_V2
TILTING SPEED message

If the message TILTING SPEED appears
on the display after the welcome screen, the
tilting speed of the lift mast on this truck is
significantly higher than on previous trucks in
this family.
EMERGENCY SWITCH message

WARNING
Actuating the emergency off switch will disconnect
the drives from the power supply.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 263

4 Operation
Display messages
The truck is equipped with an emergency off

switch. When this switch is actuated, the
driving functions and the functions of the
working hydraulics are blocked.
The EMERGENCY SWITCH message appears
periodically when the following criteria are
met:
• The key switch is set to stage "I"
• The emergency off switch is actuated
• An operating device is actuated
? VERTICAL POSITION
If the message ? VERTICAL POSITION
appears on the display, calibration of the
"vertical lift mast position" has been activated.
– Save the mast position or cancel the
calibration.
REFERENCE CYCLE message

If the fork was lowered after the truck was
switched off, the control electronics do not
know the position of the fork when the truck
is restarted. The truck will only travel at a
reduced driving speed. Depending on the
position of the fork, the message REFERENCE
CYCLE (variant) may appear in the display. To
align the position with the control electronics,
the fork must be raised.
The truck will only travel at a reduced driving
speed. The message REFERENCE CYCLE
may appear in the display.
– Raise the fork.
7312_003-072_en_V3
The message REFERENCE CYCLE goes out,

or now appears in the display for the first time
and then goes out.
– To drive again, lower the fork to a maximum
of 300 mm above the ground.
The truck can now be driven again with no
speed limitation.
264 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Display messages
SAFETY BELT message

DANGER
Risk of fatal injury in the event of falling
from the truck if it tips over!
If the truck tips over, the driver is at risk
of injury even if a restraint system is
used. The risk of injury can be reduced
by using a combination of a restraint
system and a seat belt. In addition,
the seat belt protects against the
consequences of rear-end collisions
and falling off ramps.
– We recommend that you always
use the seat belt. F1
F2
This device (variant) ensures that if the

seat belt is not being used or is being used
incorrectly, the truck will only drive slowly or
(optionally) will not drive at all. 7325_003-056_en_V2
Depending on the configuration selected, the

working hydraulics functions (lifting/tilting) are
either available as normal, slowed down or not
available at all.
The SAFETY BELT message with the restric-
ted driving and lifting functions is triggered by
the following circumstances:
• Seat belt not worn and driver's seat occu-
pied
• The seat belt is constantly fastened but the
driver's seat is only occupied afterwards
• The seat belt is not fastened until after the
key switch has been switched on
• The seat belt is unfastened while driving
– If the SAFETY BELT message appears,
fasten the seat belt in accordance with the
regulations.
The truck can again be operated without
restrictions.
If the seat belt is released while driving, the
truck will be limited to low driving speeds or will
be braked to a halt.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 265

4 Operation
Display messages
DANGER
Risk of accident!
– The speed must be adjusted to suit the driving
situation!
The increased safety provided by this function must
not be misused in order to take safety risks.
ARE YOU SURE ? message

If the message ARE YOU SURE ? appears on
the display, a prior prompt is verified.
– Press the corresponding softkey on the
display and operating unit to continue or to
cancel the operation.
SEAT SWITCH message

The truck is equipped with a seat switch.
If the SEAT SWITCH message appears, the
driving functions and the working hydraulics
are blocked.
The SEAT SWITCH message is triggered by
the following situations:
• The seat switch is not actuated while the
accelerator pedal or steering wheel is
actuated
• The seat switch is not actuated while the
operating device for the working hydraulics
is actuated
• The shift time has been exceeded
• The operating time has been exceeded
NOTE
The operating devices shown in the following
illustrations are only examples and may differ
from the equipment in your truck.
266 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Display messages
The seat switch is not actuated while the ac-

celerator pedal or steering wheel is actuated
The accelerator pedal or the steering wheel is
actuated, even though no one is sitting in the
driver's seat. The message SEAT SWITCH
appears on the display. The truck will not
move.
– Sit in the driver's seat and fasten the seat
belt.
The truck can be driven again without restric-
tions.
7312_003-066_en_V2
The seat switch is not actuated while the

operating device for the working hydraulics
is actuated
An operating device for the working hydraulics
is actuated, even though no one is sitting
in the driver's seat. The message SEAT
SWITCH appears on the display. The working
hydraulics functions cannot be executed.
– Sit in the driver's seat and fasten the seat F1
F2
belt.
The working hydraulics can be operated
again.
7325_003-054_en_V2
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 267

4 Operation
Display messages
The shift time has been exceeded
NOTE
The shift time is adjustable.
If the key switch is switched on and the driver
does not leave the seat before the set shift
time is exceeded, SEAT SWITCH appears
on the display. This is also the case if an
operating device for the working hydraulics or
F1
F2
the accelerator pedal is actuated. Depending

on the configuration, the working hydraulic
functions can be executed normally, only
slowly or not at all.
– Stand up briefly from the seat, sit back down
again and fasten the seat belt. 7325_003-054_en_V2
The truck can again be operated without

restrictions.
The operating time has been exceeded
NOTE
The operating time is adjustable.
If the key switch is switched on, the parking
brake is released and the driver does not
leave the seat before the set operating time is
exceeded, and if neither the operating devices
for the working hydraulics nor the accelerator F1
F2
pedal are actuated during this time, SEAT

SWITCH appears on the display. The truck will
not move. Depending on the configuration, the
working hydraulic functions can be executed
normally, only slowly or not at all.
– Stand up briefly from the seat, sit back down
again and fasten the seat belt.
The truck can again be operated without 7325_003-055_en_V3
restrictions.
OVERHEATING message
If the message OVERHEATING appears
on the display, the traction motors have
overheated. The acceleration and the speed
of the truck are reduced.
– Allow the truck to cool down.
– If the error persists, contact your authorised
service centre.
268 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Display messages
SURVEILLANCE message
If the SURVEILLANCE message appears
in the display, there is a fault in the process
monitoring.
This shuts off the drive unit.
– Switch the key switch to the "0" position and
then back to the "I" position.
– Start the engine.
– Release accelerator pedal.
– Select the drive direction again.
NOTE
If this error occurs sporadically, it can be tole-
rated. If the operational capacity is impaired,
notify your authorised service centre.
NOT VALID message

If the message NOT VALID appears on the
display, an incorrect driver PIN has been
entered when entering the access code.
– Once the message goes out, enter the
driver PIN again.
Drive-specific messages
NOTE
Some of the following messages are equip-
ment-specific and may not appear on the
display and operating unit of every truck. The
following messages are therefore intended
only as a reference.
EXH.GAS PURIFIER message

If the EXH.GAS PURIFIER message ap-
pears on the display, the particle filter is full.
– Regenerate the particle filter.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 269

4 Operation
Display messages
NOTE
If the EXH.GAS PURIFIER message ap-
pears during regeneration, a fault has occur-
red.
• Notify the authorised service centre
EXH.GAS PURIFIER PLEASE WAIT

message
If the EXH.GAS PURIFIER PLEASE WAIT
message appears on the display, the particle
filter is being regenerated.
– Wait for particle filter regeneration.
EXH.GAS PURIFIER SERVICE! ! !

message
If the message EXH.GAS PURIFIER SER-
VICE! ! ! appears on the display, the par-
ticle filter was not regenerated on time. The
particle filter system must be repaired by the
– To avoid damage, take the truck out of
operation until it is repaired.
CUTOUT MODE message

When automatic shut-off is activated, the
message CUTOUT MODE appears on the
display; see the section entitled "Automatic
shut-off of the internal combustion engine
(variant)".
The message goes out and the truck is ready
for operation again.
ADBLUE URGENT! message

If the AdBlue® filling level drops below 2 litres,
the driving speed is limited to 2 km/h.
– Maintain the quality of the AdBlue®; see the
section entitled "Maintenance data table".
– Top up the AdBlue®.
270 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Display messages
ADBLUE FILLING LEVEL message

If the filling level of the AdBlue® tank has fallen
significantly, the ADBLUE FILLING LEVEL
message appears on the display-operating
unit.
If an AdBlue® filling level of 2 litres is reached,
ADBLUE REFILL 5l message

If the message ADBLUE REFILL 5l ap-
pears, a maximum of 5 litres of AdBlue® must
be added.
ADBLUE QUALITY message

This truck is equipped with a sensor that
measures the quality of the exhaust gas
cleaned using AdBlue®.
If the quality of the exhaust gas deteriorates,
the ADBLUE QUALITY message appears on
If the exhaust gas quality deteriorates further,
ADBLUE QUALITY URGENT! message

If the quality sensor detects a deterioration in
the quality of the exhaust gas cleaned using
AdBlue®, the message ADBLUE QUALITY
URGENT! appears on the display-operating
unit.
The driving speed is limited to 2 km/h.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 271

4 Operation
Display messages
ASH LOAD message

If the message ASH LOAD appears on the
display, the particle filter has become clogged
with ash. Repair must be performed by the
GLOW message
If the GLOW message appears in the display,
the engine is being preheated.
Preheating can take up to 22 seconds. If the
engine is already at operating temperature,
preheating is not performed.
– Once the message goes out, start the
engine.
HYBRID SYSTEM message

If the message HYBRID SYSTEM is shown
on the display, the energy storage system has
been deactivated because of an error.
The truck remains operational. However, the
fuel consumption increases marginally.
– Contact the authorised service centre in
order to rectify the error.
HYDRAULIC PUMP message

If the HYDRAULIC PUMP message appears
on the display, there was an error in the
hydraulic-pump volume control.
The engine can be overloaded and stall as
a result of the overload. This causes the
assisted steering and regenerative braking
to malfunction. Further operation of the truck
is therefore not permissible. The driving speed
is limited to 5 km/h.
– Contact the authorised service centre in
order to rectify the error.
272 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Display messages
FUEL FILTER message

The fuel filter is equipped with a level indicator
that reports water aggregation in the fuel
filter on the display and operating unit. If
the message FUEL FILTER appears in the
display, the fuel filter is saturated with water.
This water must be drained.
– Drain water from the fuel filter.
COOLANT LEVEL message

If the message COOLANT LEVEL appears on
the display, the cooling fluid level is too low.
– Check the cooling fluid level and add cooling
fluid if necessary.
CAUTION
If the cooling fluid level is low, this indicates a leak
in the cooling system.
– Check the cooling system for leaks; see the
chapter entitled "Cleaning the radiator, checking
for leaks".
EMPTY message
If the message EMPTY flashes on the display,
the gas supply is almost exhausted.
– Change the LPG cylinder or fill the LPG
tank.
ALTERNATOR message
If the ALTERNATOR message appears in the
display, this means that the alternator is no
longer charging the starter battery.
This may have the following causes:
• Drive belt loose or damaged
• The electrics to or from the alternator are
faulty
• The alternator is faulty
NOTE
If the fault is not rectified within a short time,
the starter battery will soon run out of charge
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 273

4 Operation
Display messages
and it will no longer be possible to operate the

truck.
LPG AUTO. VALVE message

If the message LPG AUTO. VALVE ap-
pears on the display when the LPG engine
is switched off, and the engine does not switch
off until after approximately 60 seconds, there
is an error.
Initially, the truck can still be operated. The
error message is shown on the display and
operating unit until the error has been rectified
by the authorised service centre.
AIR FILTER message

If the AIR FILTER message appears on the
display, the filter insert or the filter cartridge
must be replaced.
– Replace the filter insert or the filter cartridge.
OIL PRESSURE message

CAUTION
If the OIL PRESSURE message appears in the
display, the engine's oil pressure is too low.
– Stop the engine immediately.
The message can have different causes:

• The engine has overheated
• Insufficient oil
• The oil is insufficiently viscous
• Engine damage
– Check engine oil level.
– Change the engine oil if necessary.
REGENERATION COMPLETED
message
If the message REGENERATION COM-
PLETED appears on the display, parked re-
274 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Display messages
generation is complete. The truck is ready for

operation again.
SCR-SYSTEM SERVICE message

If the message SCR-SYSTEM SERVICE
appears on the display, there is a fault in the
SCR exhaust gas treatment system.
SCR-SYSTEM MALFUNCTION mes-

sage
If the message SCR-SYSTEM MALFUNC-
TION appears on the display, there is a fault
in the SCR exhaust gas treatment system.
PARK. REG. URGENT! ! ! message

If the message PARK. REG. URGENT! ! !
appears on the display, parked regeneration
of the particle filter is required urgently.
– Perform parked regeneration.
Until parked regeneration has been carried
out, the maximum speed of the truck is re-
duced to 2 km/h. The lifting speed is restricted.
PARK. REG. ERROR message

If the message PARK. REG. ERROR appears
on the display, parked regeneration was
interrupted by applying the parking brake
or by a malfunction in the internal combustion
engine.
– Restart parked regeneration.
– If the parking brake was not actuated
and the message PARK. REG. ERROR
appears anyway, notify the authorised
service centre.
START PARK. REG.? message

If the message START PARK. REG.?
appears on the display, the truck is ready for
parked regeneration.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 275

4 Operation
Display messages
– Perform parked regeneration.
START IC ENGINE message

If the message START IC ENGINE appears
on the display, the internal combustion engine
of the truck can be started.
– Start the engine.
276 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Refuelling
Refuelling
Changing the LPG cylinder
DANGER
escapes!
LPG cylinders with an expired
inspection date must not be used.
The inspection intervals stipulated
in the Pressure Equipment Directive
must be observed under all circum-
stances. The most recent inspection
date marked on the LPG cylinder is the
date that applies. Observe the natio-
nal regulations in the relevant country!
– Switch off the engine.
– Do not smoke, and do not use an
open flame or fire.
– Check that the LPG cylinders are
approved.
– Only change LPG cylinders in
working with LPG.
DANGER
charge!
Striking tools must not be used to aid
DANGER
Open flames, red-hot objects etc. may
cause explosions.
Frozen system parts must be thawed
out using only hot water, hot sandbags
or similar.
Observe the following safety regulations in all

cases:
• Observe the safety guidelines for LPG
trucks
• Cylinders must only be changed by trained
personnel.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 277

4 Operation
Refuelling
• Before releasing pipe or hose connections,

the cylinder valves and main shut-off valves
must be closed.
• The connecting nuts on the cylinders must
only be released slowly and, at first, only
very slightly; otherwise, the gas remaining
in the line will spurt out.
• The lines and related equipment for gas in
the liquid phase and LPG containers must
not be exposed to an impermissible level of
heat.
• Removable LPG containers (LPG cylin-
ders) must be positioned on the truck such
that they are lying with the collar opening
facing downwards.
• Upon installation and removal, the gas
outlet connection of the cylinder valve must
be sealed with a lock nut that has been
securely tightened using a wrench.
• Before the LPG cylinders are connected,
the pipe connections must be checked to
ensure that they are in good condition.
• After removal, the cylinder cap must imme-
diately be screwed onto the cylinders fitted
with a lock nut.
• The valves must be opened slowly.
• Leaking gas cylinders must not be reused.
Taking all precautions into account, leaking
gas cylinders must immediately be emptied
outside by blowing and marked as leaking.
• If damaged gas cylinders are supplied, the
provider or a representative (service-station
attendant etc.) must be immediately notified
of the damage present, where possible in
writing.
• Even if no accident occurs as a result, ex-
plosions involving gas cylinders or LPG sys-
tems must be immediately reported to the
and the trade supervision agency responsi-
ble (applies to Germany). Damaged parts
must be stored carefully until the conclusion
of the investigation. Observe the national
regulations in the relevant country!
• Removable LPG containers may only
be changed in storage rooms if there is
no possibility of a hazardous explosive
atmosphere being produced.
278 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Refuelling
WARNING
LPG can cause frostbite on the skin.
– Close the cylinder valve (1).

1
– Securely grip the connection nipple using
the handhold (3) and carefully (2) loosen
the union nut (left-hand thread).
3 2
7311_136-001
– Swivel the handle of the tensioning device

(4) upwards and remove the hook (6) from 4 5
the support mounting.
– Remove the upper part of the cylinder
holder (5).
– Exchange the empty gas cylinder for a full
one.
– When installing the gas cylinder, make
sure that the connection screw joint of
the cylinder shut-off valve points vertically
downwards.
– Secure the gas cylinder properly in the
cylinder holder.
– Open the cylinder valve (1) by slowly turning 6 7311_136-002

– Check whether the hose or connection
screw joints have iced over.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 279

4 Operation
Refuelling
DANGER
escapes!
Do not start the engine if there is a
leakage, gas smell etc.
– Close the cylinder valve again.
– Notify your supervisor or the
Changing the LPG cylinder in a

double-cylinder holder
DANGER
escapes!
serious accidents.
– Do not use LPG cylinders with an
expired inspection date.
– Observe the inspection intervals
stipulated in the Pressure Equip-
ment Directive. The most recent
inspection date marked on the LPG
cylinder is the date that applies.
Observe the national regulations in
the relevant country!
flame/lighter.
– Ensure that permissible LPG
cylinders are used.
– Only change LPG cylinders in
– Thaw frozen system parts with hot
water, hot sandbags or similar.
DANGER
charge!
280 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Refuelling
WARNING
The process for changing the gas cylinder is

the same for both cylinders.
– Close the cylinder valve (1) of the gas
cylinder to be changed.
6 1
the handhold (3) and carefully loosen the 2
union nut (2) (left-hand thread).
3
– Swivel the handle of the tensioning device
(4) upwards and remove the hook (5) from
the holder. 5 7
– Remove the upper part of the cylinder 4

holder (6).
– Remove the empty gas cylinder and screw
on the cylinder cap (7).
– Install the full gas cylinder.
– When installing the gas cylinder, make
sure that the connection screw joint of
the cylinder shut-off valve points vertically
downwards.
– Insert the upper part of the cylinder holder.
– Fit the hook to the holder and swivel the

handle of the tensioning device downwards.
the handhold and screw on the union nut.
– Open the cylinder valve by slowly turning
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 281

4 Operation
Refuelling
Filling the LPG tank

1 2
DANGER
LPG!
Any LPG that escapes when filling the
LPG tank (1) may explode if exposed
to ignition sources, leading to serious
accidents.
flame/fire.
working with LPG; see ⇒ Chap-
ter "LPG", P. 2-47.
7335_135-001
DANGER
charge!
The shut-off valve or locking cap must
not be opened or closed with the aid of
a striking tool.
DANGER
Risk of explosion during thawing of
gas system!
Gas can ignite and explode when
exposed to excessive heat, naked
flames, glowing objects and objects
that produce sparks. Frozen system
components may only be thawed
using warm air, warm water, warm
sand bags or similar. The temperature
of the applied heat must not exceed
50°C. Warm air must not be applied
directly using a heating appliance, e.g.
a hot air blower. The gas may ignite at
the heating coil in devices of this kind.
Applying warm air with a warm-air
hose is permitted.
– Thaw frozen system parts with a
temperature < 50°C.
– Heating appliances must be set up
at a sufficiently safe distance from
the truck.
282 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Refuelling
DANGER
Risk of explosion if not observed!
– Observe the safety inspection guidelines for
LPG trucks and the safety information for the
filling station!
– Only allow trained persons to fill LPG tanks.
– Only fill LPG tanks at filling stations not requiring
prior authorisation.
– Before connecting the pistol-type nozzle, check
whether the LPG tank (1) or fittings (2) show any
defects and ensure that the inspection interval
specified on the container has not expired.
– Always adhere to the inspection intervals in the
pressure vessel code. The most recent inspec-
tion date marked on the container determines
the expiry date. Do not use containers with an
expired inspection date. Observe the national
regulations of your country!
– If deficiencies are detected or if the inspection
deadline has passed, do not fill the LPG tank.
– The piping and related accessories for gas in the
liquid phase and LPG containers must not be
exposed to an impermissible level of heat.
– Explosions involving gas cylinders or LPG
systems must be reported immediately to the
employers' liability insurance association and
the responsible industrial inspectorate, even if no
accident occurs (applicable for Germany). Store
damaged parts until the investigation has been
completed. Observe the national regulations of
your country!
– Removable LPG containers may only be chan-
ged in storage rooms when there is no risk of a
hazardous explosive atmosphere being produ-
ced.
NOTE
We recommend that you refuel before starting
work if the machine is still cold. If there is a
major difference in temperature between the
storage tank out in the open and the tank on
the truck, the delivery pressure of the pump
may no longer be sufficient for trouble-free
filling.
– Switch off the engine and heating system.
WARNING
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 283

4 Operation
Refuelling
– Close the shut-off valve (3).

– Unscrew and remove the locking cap (5) 3 4 5
from the filling valve.
– Check that the connection thread of the
pistol-type nozzle is clean.
– Securely connect the pistol-type nozzle to
the filling valve. ZU
30
20
40 50 60
70
80
85
10 90
– Open and actuate the main LPG filling

5 95
Inhalt
AU
station shut-off valve and actuate the pump

F
motor or the pistol-type nozzle until the

valve installed in the tank stops the refilling
process.
Filling quantity: approx. 70 litres
– Release the actuating lever for the pistol-
7097_136-003
type nozzle immediately after the tank valve

has switched off and stop the filling process.
– Switch off the pump motor and close the
main LPG filling station shut-off valve.
CAUTION
It is possible to underfill or overfill the LPG tank!
– Fill the LPG tank until the tank valve switches
itself off.
– Do not fill according to the content level indicator
(4).
– Carefully unscrew the pistol-type nozzle

from the filling valve.
– Screw the locking cap (5) back onto the
filling valve.
DANGER
Risk of explosion in the event of irregularities!
If any irregularities or noteworthy incidents occur
during the filling process which are not covered
in these operating instructions, this may lead
to serious accidents. Take the following action
immediately.
– Stop filling the tank immediately. If possible,
remove the pistol-type nozzle and screw on the
locking cap.
– Contact your supervisor, fleet manager or the
STILL service centre.
– In the event of faults in the gas system, do not
operate the truck until the fault is resolved.
284 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Procedure in emergencies
Emergency shutdown
WARNING
Actuating the emergency off switch will de-energise
the drive unit. The truck will not be held on a slope
by the electric brake.
– Use the emergency off switch only in an emer-
gency or to carry out a functional test.
WARNING
There is no power steering when the emergency off
switch is actuated!
1
6321_003-142
The truck is equipped with a hydraulic power stee-

ring system. When the emergency off switch is
actuated, the hydraulic system is completely shut
down. Steering forces are increased by the remai-
ning emergency steering function.
– Use the emergency off switch only in an emer-
gency or to carry out a functional test.
– Steer with a higher level of force.
NOTE
Only LPG trucks with a joystick 4Plus (variant)
have an emergency off switch.
Actuating the emergency off switch in drive
mode switches off the regenerative brake, the
hydraulic system and the drive unit. This has
the following effect:
• No reduction in truck speed when the
accelerator pedal is released, according
to the drive programme selected. The truck
will coast
• The electric brake does not function during
the first part of brake pedal travel. To brake
the truck using the mechanical brake, the
brake pedal must be pushed down further
• The truck can only be held on a slope using
the mechanical brake, not the electric brake
• No power steering effect. Steering forces
are increased by the remaining emergency
steering function.
• No hydraulic functions are available
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 285

4 Operation
Procedure if truck tips over
DANGER
If the truck tips over, the driver could fall out and
slide under the truck with potentially fatal conse-
quences. There is a risk to life.
Failure to comply with the limits specified in these
operating instructions, e.g. driving on unacceptably
steep gradients or failing to adjust speed when
cornering, can cause the truck to tip over. If the
truck starts to tip over, do not leave the truck under
any circumstances. This increases the danger of
being hit by the truck.
– Do not release your seat belt.
– Never jump off the truck.
– You must adhere to the rules of behaviour if the
truck tips over. 7090_001-005
Rules of behaviour if truck tips over:

– Hold onto the steering wheel with your
hands.
– Brace your feet in the footwell.
– Bend your upper body over the steering
wheel.
– Bend your body against the direction of the
fall.
286 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Emergency hammer
The emergency hammer is used to rescue the
driver if he is shut inside the cab in a hazardous
situation, for example if the truck has toppled 1
over and the cab door cannot be opened.
Single-pane safety glass can be struck rela-
tively safely using the emergency hammer in
order for the driver to escape or be rescued
from the danger area.
Using the emergency hammer
WARNING
When glass is smashed there is a risk of injury
caused by glass splinters!
When the cab glass is smashed, splinters of glass 6321_003-097_V3
can shoot into the face and cause damage to skin

and eyes through cuts. When a pane of glass is
smashed, the face should be turned away and
covered with the crook of the free arm.
– Protect the face when smashing a pane of glass.
– Pull the emergency hammer out of its

support mounting at the handle.
– Using one of the two metal tips on the head
of the emergency hammer, hit the pane of
glass with force until it breaks.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 287

4 Operation
Emergency lowering
If the hydraulic controller fails whilst a load
is raised, emergency lowering can be per-
formed. An emergency lowering screw is
located on the hydraulics control block for this
purpose.
DANGER
There is a risk of fatal injury from
falling loads or parts of the truck being
lowered.
– Do not walk beneath the raised
load.
– Adhere to the steps detailed below.
WARNING
The load is lowered!
The lowering speed is regulated by unscrewing the
emergency lowering screw.
– Note the list of points below.
Remember the following:

• Tightening torque:
Max. 2.5 Nm
• When unscrewed a little:
The load lowers slowly
• When unscrewed a lot:
The load lowers quickly
288 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
The valve block (1) is located under the

bottom plate. A hexagon socket wrench (2)
is attached near to the engine control unit.
Both of these components can be reached
by opening the bonnet. The hexagon socket
wrench must remain in the truck at all times.
– Open the bonnet; see "Opening the bon-
net".
– Take the hexagon socket wrench (2) out of
the support mounting.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 289

4 Operation
– Using the hexagon socket wrench, turn

the emergency lowering screw (3) on the
valve block a maximum of 1.5 revolutions to
loosen.
DANGER
There is a risk to life caused by falling loads or if
The speed can be controlled by the degree to which
the screw is unscrewed:
– Unscrewed a little: load is lowered slowly.
– Unscrewed a lot: load is lowered quickly.
– Screw the emergency lowering screw (3)

back in after the load is lowered.
Tightening torque: max. 2.5 Nm
– Return the Allen key to the support mount-
ing provided.
– Close the bonnet; see "Closing the bonnet".
DANGER
If the truck is operated with the hydraulic controller
blocked, there is an increased risk of accidents!
– After the emergency lowering procedure has
been performed, have the malfunction rectified
by your authorised service centre.
290 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Towing
DANGER
Risk of accident due to failure of the brake system
of the towing vehicle!
If the brake system of the towing vehicle is not
adequately sized, the vehicle may not brake safely
or the brakes may fail. The towing vehicle must be
designed such that it is able to absorb the pulling
and braking forces from the unbraked towed load
(the actual total weight of the truck).
– Check the pulling and braking forces of the
towing vehicle.
DANGER
If the towing vehicle brakes, there is a risk that the 620-aB6306
5060_003-070
truck will drive into the towing vehicle!

If a rigid connection has not been used for power
transmission in two directions during towing, the
truck may drive into the towing vehicle when the
towing vehicle brakes. Use a tested tow bar for
safety reasons.
– Use a tested tow bar.
CAUTION
If the truck drive between the drive motor and
the drive axle is not interrupted, the drive may be
damaged.
– Place the drive direction switch in the neutral
position.
DANGER
While manoeuvring, there is a risk of fatal injury in
the area between the truck and the towing vehicle!
Inform the driver of the towing vehicle and the
mechanic attaching the tow bar about the risks.
When you fit the tow bar, always use a second
person to guide the towing vehicle manoeuvres.
– Manoeuvre with a second person as a guide.
CAUTION
Steering is stiff! There is no power steering if the
hydraulics fail!
– Select a slow towing speed to ensure that the
truck and the towing vehicle can be braked and
controlled effectively at all times.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 291

4 Operation
CAUTION
If the truck is not steered while it is being towed, the
truck may veer out in an uncontrolled manner!
– The truck being towed must also be steered by a
driver.
– The driver of the truck being towed must sit in
the driver's seat and fasten the seat belt before
towing.
– Where possible, activate the restraint systems
provided.
– Set down the load and lower the fork arms

so that they are close to the ground.
– Set the drive direction switch to the neutral
position.
– Check the pulling and braking forces of the
towing vehicle.
– With a second person as a guide, manoeu-
vre the towing vehicle to the truck.
– Secure the tow bar to the tow coupling on
the towing vehicle and on the truck.
– Sit in the driver's seat of the truck being
towed and fasten the seat belt.
– Where possible, activate the restraint
systems provided.
– Select a slow towing speed.
– Tow the truck.
– After towing, secure the truck so that it
cannot roll away (e.g. by applying the
parking brake or by using wedges).
– Remove the tow bar.
292 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Jump-starting
1 2
DANGER - +

charge! +
If the electrical system on the truck is
switched on, or a live cable touches a -
metal part of the truck, this can cause
a spark discharge. Any escaping gas
may explode as a result.
– If the truck has not been used for
a long period of time and before
starting work, ensure that the
closed room is well ventilated
before operating the truck.
– The metal parts of the truck must
not touch the connecting terminals. 7311_606-001
NOTE
A 12-V power source (e.g. second forklift truck

of the same type) must be available.
WARNING
Risk of short circuit if the jump leads are connected
or disconnected in the incorrect order!
If the batteries' negative terminals are connected to
the negative cable, both bodies are also conducti-
vely connected to one another. If the positive cable
touches one of the two bodies as further cables are
connected, a short circuit can occur.
– Ensure that the correct order is followed when
connecting and disconnecting the jump leads.
– Open side cover, see ⇒ Chapter "Opening

the side service flap", P. 5-328.
– Leave the engine of the current-giving truck
to run.
Connecting the jump leads:
– Connect the positive cable (2) to the positive
terminal on the discharged battery.
– Connect the positive cable to the positive
terminal on the current-giving battery.
– Connect the negative cable (1) to the
negative terminal on the current-giving
battery.
– Connect the negative cable to the negative
terminal on the discharged battery.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 293

4 Operation
CAUTION
The vibrations produced when the engine is started
can cause the jump leads to slip off. There is a risk
of short circuit!
– Before starting the engine, check that the jump
leads are connected securely.
– Start the engine; see ⇒ Chapter "Starting

the engine", P. 4-103.
Disconnecting the jump leads:
– Disconnect the negative cable (1) from the
negative terminal on the discharged battery.
– Disconnect the negative cable from the
negative terminal on the current-giving
battery.
– Disconnect the positive cable (2) from the
positive terminal on the discharged battery.
– Disconnect the positive cable from the
positive terminal on the current-giving
battery.
NOTE
Leave the engine to run because the battery is
not yet sufficiently charged.
– Close side cover, see ⇒ Chapter "Closing
Disconnecting the battery

In the event of a dangerous situation (for
example cable fire or electrical malfunction),
the battery-terminal clip must be removed
from the negative terminal.
Proceed as follows to disconnect the battery:
– Open side cover, see ⇒ Chapter "Opening
294 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
– Release battery-terminal clip from the

negative terminal.
– Lift the battery-terminal clip off of the battery -
negative terminal and place it to the side.
+
7331_690-001
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 295

4 Operation
Transporting the truck

Transport
CAUTION
Risk of material damage from overloading!
If the truck is driven onto a means of transport,
the load capacity of the means of transport, the
ramps and loading bridges must be greater than
the total actual weight of the truck. Components
may become permanently deformed or damaged
due to overloading.
– Determine the total actual weight of the truck.
– Only load the truck if the load capacity of the
means of transport, the ramps and loading
bridges is greater than the total actual weight
of the truck.
Determining the total actual weight

– Park the truck securely; see ⇒ Chap-
ter "Parking the truck securely and switch-
ing it off", P. 4-144.
1
truck nameplate and, if necessary, the Rated capacity Unladen mass
attachment (variant) nameplate.

Nenn-Tragfähigkeit Leergewicht

– Add the determined unit weights to obtain Tension batterie
Batteriespannung
V
min.* kg
the total actual weight of the truck: Rated drive power

*
kg
Nenn-Antriebsleist.
Tare weight (1)

voir Mode d'emploi
Berzeliusstr. 10
2

= Total actual weight
296 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
DANGER
Risk of accident from the truck crashing!
Steering movements can cause the tail end to veer
off the loading bridge towards the edge. This may
cause the truck to crash.
– Before driving over a loading bridge, ensure that
it is installed and secured properly.
– Ensure that the transport vehicle onto which the
truck is to be driven has been sufficiently secured
against moving.
– Maintain a safety distance from the edges,
loading bridges, ramps, working platforms etc.
– Drive slowly and carefully onto the transport
vehicle.
Inserting wedges
– Use two wedges to secure each of the front
and rear wheels against rolling away.
Lashing down
CAUTION
Abrasive lashing straps can rub against the surface
of the truck and cause damage.
– Position slip-resistant pads beneath the lifting
points (e.g. rubber mats or foam).
7331_003-002
– Attach lashing straps (1) to both sides of the

truck and lash the forklift to the rear.
1
6321_003-104
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 297

4 Operation
– Attach lashing straps (1) to the towing pin

(2) or loop around the towing pin and lash
the truck to either side.
DANGER
2
The load may slip if the lashing straps slide off!
The truck must be lashed securely so that it cannot
move during transportation.
– Make sure that the lashing straps are tightened
securely and that the pads cannot slip off.
1
7331_003-003
Crane loading
Crane loading is only intended for transporting
the complete truck, including the lift mast,
for its initial commissioning. For application
conditions that require frequent loading or
that are not dealt with here, please contact
the manufacturer with regard to special
equipment variants.
Trucks may only be laden by persons with
sufficient experience in the suitable harnesses
and hoists.
298 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Determining the loading weight

– Determine the unit weights by reading them
1
off the truck nameplate and, if necessary, Rated capacity Unladen mass
the attachment (variant) nameplate.

Nenn-Tragfähigkeit Leergewicht

– Add the determined unit weights to obtain Tension batterie
Batteriespannung
V
min.* kg
the loading weight of the truck: Rated drive power

*
kg
Nenn-Antriebsleist.
Tare weight (1)

voir Mode d'emploi
Berzeliusstr. 10
2
= Loading weight
.
Hooking on the lifting straps

CAUTION
Harnesses may damage the truck's paintwork!
Harnesses may damage paintwork by rubbing and
pressing on the surface of the truck. Particularly
hard or sharp-edged harnesses, such as wires or
chains, can quickly damage the surface.
– Use textile harnesses, e.g. lifting straps, with
edge protectors or similar protective devices if
necessary.
DANGER
There is a risk of being hit if the hoists and harnes-
ses fail and cause the truck to fall, with potentially
fatal consequences!
– Use only hoists and harnesses with sufficient
load capacity for the determined loading weight.
– Use only the truck's designated lifting points.
– Make sure that harnesses, such as hooks,
shackles, belts etc., are only used in the indi-
cated load direction.
– The harnesses must not be damaged by truck
parts.
NOTE
The lifting points are indicated by a hook
symbol.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 299

4 Operation
– Loop the lifting straps around the main

traverse (3) on the outer mast of the lift
mast.
– Hook crane hooks onto the lifting points

(4) intended for the truck rear weight. The
lifting points are marked with the "crane
hook" symbol.
– Secure the tow bolt.
– Locate the truck's centre of gravity
300 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
– Adjust the length of the harnesses so that

the lifting eye (6) is vertically above the 5 6
truck's centre of gravity.
This ensures that the truck hangs level when
lifted.
– Attach the lifting straps to the lifting eye and
insert the safety device (5).
CAUTION
Incorrectly fitted harnesses may damage attach-
ment parts!
Pressure from the harnesses can damage or
destroy attachment parts when the truck is lifted.
Take particular care to ensure that the LPG tank
system is not damaged or destroyed. LPG may
leak out if LPG systems are damaged.
7321_003-013
– Secure harnesses in such a way that they do not

touch any attachment parts.
– If applicable, the LPG cylinder or LPG tank
should be disassembled by trained personnel.
– Check that harnesses cannot collide with

attachment parts.
Loading the truck

DANGER
If the raised truck swings in an
uncontrolled fashion, it may crush
people. There is a risk to life!
– Never walk or stand underneath
suspended loads.
– Do not allow the truck to bump into
anything whilst it is being lifted, or
allow it to move in an uncontrolled
way.
– If necessary, hold the truck using
guide ropes. 7335_136-001
– Carefully lift the truck and set it down at the

intended location.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 301

4 Operation
Cleaning
Cleaning
Cleaning the truck
WARNING
Risk of injury from falling off the truck!
When climbing onto the truck, there
is a risk of getting stuck or slipping
and falling. Use suitable equipment to
reach higher points on the truck.
– For climbing onto the truck, use
only the steps provided for this
purpose.
– For reaching inaccessible places,
use devices such as stepladders or
platforms.
WARNING
Risk of fire due to flammable cleaning
materials!
Flammable cleaning materials can be
ignited by hot components.
– Do not use any flammable cleaning
materials.
CAUTION
Risk of fire due to flammable materi-
als!
Deposits and solids can be ignited by
hot components, e.g. drive units.
– Remove deposits and solids.
CAUTION
If water penetrates the electrical system, there is a
risk of short circuit!
The engine must be switched off during washing.
Do not use water to clean the area around the
central electrical system; instead, only clean with a
dry cloth or clean compressed air.
– Adhere strictly to the following steps.
CAUTION
Excessive water pressure or water and steam that
are too hot can damage truck components.
302 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Cleaning
CAUTION
Abrasive cleaning materials can damage the surfa-
ces of components!
Using abrasive cleaning materials that are unsuita-
ble for plastics can cause plastic parts to dissolve
or become brittle. The screen on the display-opera-
ting unit could become cloudy.

– Do not spray electric motors and other
electrical components or their covers
directly with water.
– Use only high-pressure cleaners with a
maximum output power of up to 50 bar and
85°C.
– If a high-pressure cleaner is used, maintain
a distance of at least 20 cm between the
nozzle and the object being cleaned.
– Do not aim the cleaning jet directly at
adhesive labels or decal information.
– Remove all deposits and accumulations
of foreign materials in the vicinity of hot
components.
– Use only non-flammable fluids for cleaning.
– Observe the manufacturer's guidelines for
working with cleaning materials.
– Clean plastics only with cleaning materials
intended for plastics.
– Clean the truck exterior using water-soluble
cleaning materials and water. Cleaning
with a water jet, a sponge or a cloth is
recommended.
– Clean all accessible areas.
– Before lubrication, clean the oil filling
openings and the area around the oil filling
openings, as well as the lubricating nipples.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 303

4 Operation
Cleaning
Cleaning the electrical system
CAUTION
Cleaning electrical system parts
with water can damage the electrical
system.
– Cleaning electrical system parts
with water is forbidden!
– Use dry cleaning materials in ac-
cordance with the manufacturer's
specifications.
– Do not remove covers etc.
– Clean the electrical system parts with a

metal-free brush and blow the dust off with
low-pressure compressed air. 7071_003-091
Cleaning load chains
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Load chains are safety elements.
The use of cold/chemical cleaners or fluids that are
corrosive or contain acid or chlorine can damage
the chains and is forbidden!
– Place a collection vessel under the lift mast.

– Clean with paraffin derivatives, such as
benzine.
– When using a steam jet, do not use addi- 6210_810-004
tional cleaning agents.

– Remove any water in the chain links using
compressed air immediately after cleaning.
Move the chain several times during this
procedure.
– Immediately after drying the chain, spray it
with chain spray. Move the chain several
times during this procedure.
For chain spray specifications, see the "Main-
tenance data table" chapter.
304 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Cleaning
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
Dispose of any fluid that has been spilled
or collected in the collection vessel in an
environmentally friendly manner. Follow the
statutory regulations.
Cleaning the windows

Any panes of glass, e.g. cab windows (vari-
ant), must always be kept clean and free of ice.
This is the only means of guaranteeing good
visibility.
CAUTION
Do not damage the rear window heater (inside)!
– Take great care when cleaning the rear window
and do not use any objects with sharp edges.
– Clean the windows using a commercially

available glass cleaner.
After washing
– Carefully dry the truck (e.g. with com-
pressed air).
– Sit on the driver's seat and start up the truck
in accordance with regulations.
CAUTION
Risk of short circuit!
– If any moisture has penetrated into the engine
despite the precautionary measures taken, this
must first be dried with compressed air.
– The truck must then be started up to prevent
possible corrosion damage.
7311_003-058
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 305

4 Operation
Decommissioning
Decommissioning
Shutting down and storing the truck
CAUTION – Regularly check the charge status and

In the event of incorrect storage or shutdown
recharge the starter battery if necessary.
for more than two months, the truck may suffer
corrosion damage! NOTE
– Store the truck in a dry, clean, frost-free and well
ventilated environment. Store only fully charged batteries.
– Carry out the following measures before shut- – Spray all exposed electrical contacts with a
down. suitable contact spray.
– Preserve the engine as specified by the
manufacturer.
Measures to be implemented before
shutdown CAUTION
– Clean the truck thoroughly; see ⇒ Chap- Danger of tyre deformation by continuously loading
ter "Cleaning the truck", P. 4-302. on one side!
Jack up the truck so that all the wheels are clear of
– Lift the fork carriage to the stop several the ground. This prevents permanent deformation
times. of the tyres.
– Raise and jack up the truck.
– Tilt the lift mast forwards and backwards
several times and, if fitted, move attachment
repeatedly. CAUTION
– To relieve the strain on the load chains, Danger of damage from corrosion due to conden-
lower the fork onto a suitable supporting sation on the truck!
surface, e.g. a pallet. Many plastic films and synthetic materials are
watertight. Condensation water on the truck cannot
– Check hydraulic oil level and top up if escape through these covers.
required. – Do not use plastic film as this facilitates the
formation of condensation water.
– Apply a thin layer of oil or grease to all
untreated moving parts. – Cover with vapour permeable material, e.g.
cotton.
– Grease the forklift truck.
– Cover the truck to protect against dust.
– Lubricate the joints and controls.
If the truck is to be shut down for even longer
– Remove the LPG cylinder.
periods, contact your service centre to find out
– Remove the starter battery and store in a about additional measures.
warm and dry location.
Recommissioning after shutdown

If the truck has been shut down for longer than – Clean the truck thoroughly; see ⇒ Chap-
six months, it must be carefully checked before ter "Cleaning the truck", P. 4-302.
being recommissioned. As in the annual
– Oil joints and controls.
inspection, this check should also include
all safety items for the truck. – Check battery condition and acid density,
and recharge if necessary.
306 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Operation 4
Decommissioning
– Restore engine to normal condition accord- DANGER

ing to regulations of engine manufacturer. Risk of explosion!
– Check the engine oil for condensation water If the truck has been at a standstill for
and change if necessary. a long period of time in an enclosed
room, ventilate the room thoroughly
– Check the hydraulic oil for condensation before switching on the electrical
water and replace if necessary. system.
– Perform the same maintenance tasks as

before initial commissioning. – Put the truck into operation.
– Connect the LPG cylinder; see ⇒ Chap- During start-up, check in particular:
ter "Changing the LPG cylinder", P. 4-277. • LPG system for function and leaks
– Check the LPG system for leaks with leak • Drive, controller, steering
spray. • Brakes (service brake, parking brake)
– Check the screw joints of the LPG system • Lifting system (lifting accessories, load
for tightness. chains, mounting)
– Change the brake fluid.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 307

4 Operation
Decommissioning
308 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

5
Maintenance
5 Maintenance
Safety regulations for maintenance

General information
DANGER
Risk of fatal poisoning!
enclosed spaces. The engine consumes oxygen
other poisonous gases. There is a risk of fatal
poisoning!
– Only operate the truck in areas that are well
ventilated.
To prevent accidents during maintenance

work and repair work, all necessary safety
measures must be taken, e.g.:
– Switch off the key switch and remove the
key.
– Ensure that the truck cannot move uninten-
tionally or start up inadvertently.
– If required, have the truck jacked up by the
– Have the raised fork carriage or the ex-
tended lift mast secured against accidental
lowering by the authorised service centre.
– Insert an appropriately sized wooden beam
as an abutment between the lift mast and
the cab, and secure the lift mast to prevent
it tilting backwards unintentionally.
– Observe the maximum lift height of the lift
mast, and compare the dimensions from
the technical data with the dimensions of
the hall into which the truck is to be driven.
These steps are taken to prevent a collision
with the ceiling of the hall and to avoid any
damage caused as a result.
Working on the hydraulic equipment

The hydraulic system must be depressurised
prior to all work on the system.
310 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
Working on the electrical equipment

Work may only be performed on the electrical
equipment of the truck when it is in a voltage-
free state. Function checks, inspections
and adjustments on energised parts must
only be performed by trained and authorised
persons, taking the necessary precautions
into account. Rings, metal bracelets etc.
must be removed before working on electric
components.
To prevent damage to electronic systems
with electronic components, such as an
electronic driving regulator or lift control, these
components must be removed from the truck
prior to the start of electric welding.
Work on the electrical system (e.g. connecting
a radio, additional headlights etc.) is only
permitted with approval from the authorised
service centre.
Working on the ignition system

To prevent personal injury and/or destruction
of the ignition system, please observe the
following:
• Only connect and disconnect ignition
system lines, including high-voltage lines
and measuring device lines, with the ignition
switched off.
• If the engine is to be operated at starting
speed but not actually started (e.g. for a
compression pressure test), disconnect the
connection assembly from the ignition coil.
• Use of a quick charger to jump start the
engine is only permitted for a period of up to
1 minute at max. 16.5 volts.
• The engine may only be washed when the
ignition is switched off.
• When performing electric or point welding,
completely disconnect the battery.
• Trucks that have a fault in the ignition
system, or a suspected fault, may only be
towed if the plug is disconnected from the
ignition coil.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 311

5 Maintenance
Safety devices
After maintenance and repair work, all safety
devices must be reinstalled and tested for
operational reliability.
Set values
The device-dependent set values must be
observed when making repairs and when
changing hydraulic and electrical compo-
nents. These are listed in the appropriate
sections.
Lifting and jacking up
DANGER
There is a risk to life if the truck tips over!
If not raised and jacked up properly, the truck may
tip over and fall off. Only the hoists specified in the
workshop manual for this truck are allowed and are
tested for the necessary safety and load capacity.
– Only have the truck raised and jacked up by the
– Only jack the truck up at the points specified in
the workshop manual.
The truck must be raised and jacked up for

various types of maintenance work. The
authorised service centre must be informed
that this is to take place. Safe handling of
the truck and the corresponding hoists is
described in the truck's workshop manual.
Working at the front of the truck
DANGER
Risk of accident!
If the lift mast or fork carriage is raised, no work
may be performed on the lift mast or at the front of
the truck unless the following safety measures are
observed.
– When securing, only use chains with sufficient
load-bearing capacity.
312 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
CAUTION
Possibility of damage to the ceiling!
– Note the maximum lift height of the lift mast.
Securing the lift mast against tilting

backwards
A hardwood beam with a cross-section of
120 x 120 mm is required. The length of
the hardwood beam must approximately
correspond to the width of the fork carriage
(b3). To avoid impact injuries, the hardwood
beam must not protrude beyond the outer
contour of the truck. A maximum length
matching the total width (b1) of the truck is
recommended.
– Obtain the dimensions (b1) and (b3) from
the corresponding VDI datasheet.
– Clamp the hardwood beam (1) between the
driver protection structure (2) and the lift 1 2
mast (3).
3
Removing the lift mast
DANGER
Risk of accident!
This work must only be performed by an authorised
service technician.
– Arrange for an authorised service technician to
remove the lift mast.
Securing the lift mast against falling off

6210_001-030_V3
DANGER
Risk of accident!
This work must only be performed by an authorised
service technician.
– Arrange for an authorised service technician to
secure the lift mast.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 313

5 Maintenance
General maintenance information

Personnel qualifications
Only qualified and authorised personnel are
allowed to perform maintenance work. Reg-
ular safety checks and checks after unusual
incidents must be performed by a competent
person. The competent person must conduct
their evaluation and assessment from a safety
standpoint, unaffected by operational and
economic conditions. The competent person
must have sufficient knowledge and experi-
ence to be able to assess the condition of a
truck and the effectiveness of the protective
devices in accordance with technical conven-
tions and the principles for testing trucks.
Maintenance work without special

qualifications
Simple maintenance work, such as checking
the hydraulic oil level, may be carried out by
untrained personnel. A qualification such
as those held by a competent person is not
required to carry out this work. The required
tasks are described in the chapter entitled
"Remaining ready for operation".
Information for carrying out mainte-

nance
This section contains all information required
to determine when the truck needs mainte-
nance. Carry out maintenance work within the
time limits according to the hour meter and
using the following maintenance check lists.
This is the only way to ensure that the truck
remains ready for operation and provides op-
timal performance and service life. It is also a
precondition for any warranty claims.
314 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
Maintenance timeframe
– Carry out maintenance work on the truck in 1
accordance with the "Service in" display (1).
– The maintenance check lists indicate the
maintenance work that is due.
The intervals are defined for standard use.
Shorter maintenance intervals can be defined
in consultation with the operating company,
depending on the application conditions of the
truck.
The following factors may necessitate shorter
maintenance intervals:
• Contaminated, poor quality roads
• Dusty or salty air 7312_003-156_V2
• High levels of air humidity

• Extremely high or low ambient tempera-
tures, or extreme changes in temperature
• Multi-shift operation with a high duty cycle
• Specific national regulations for the truck or
individual components
CAUTION
Risk of component damage!
Any deviating technical information in these opera-
ting instructions takes precedence over the infor-
mation in the original engine operating instructions.
– If you have any questions, please contact your
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 315

5 Maintenance
316 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
Maintenance — 1000 hours/annually

At operating hours
1000 2000 4000 5000 7000 Carried out

8000 10000 11000 13000 14000  
Chassis, bodywork and fittings
Check chassis for cracks
Check overhead guard/cab and panes of glass for damage
Check controls, switches and joints for damage, and apply grease and oil
Check driver's seat for correct function and for damage
Check driver restraint system for correct function and for damage, and clean.
Check the signal horn
Variant: Check the dual pedal for damage and correct function, and lubricate
Tyres and wheels
Check the tyres for wear and check the air pressure if necessary
Check wheels for damage and check the tightening torques
Power unit
Check the screw joints and for leaks on the drive axle and clean the cooling fins
Check the oil level in the drive wheel unit and multi-disc brake
Internal combustion engine
Check the condition of the internal combustion engine (visual inspection)
Change the engine oil and replace the oil filter
Check the toothed belt, spur gears and V-belt
Replace the air filter (main cartridge)
Check the cooling system for leaks and correct function
Check coolant; top up if necessary
Check exhaust system
DEUTZ: Check the intercoolers, and remove lubricating oil and condensation water
VW: Replace the spark plugs
Maintain the particle filter
Fuel system
Check the fuel system for leaks and correct function
Check the fuel pre-filter (water trap) and drain water if necessary
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 317

5 Maintenance
At operating hours
1000 2000 4000 5000 7000 Carried out
8000 10000 11000 13000 14000  
Replace the fuel pre-filter (yearly)
Replace the fuel filter (main filter)
LPG system
Check the LPG system for damage
Check the solenoid shut-off valve, and if necessary check the high-pressure relief
valve (1.7 bar)
Check the gas cylinder valve for cleanliness and correct function, check over-pres-
sure safety device (30 bar)
Change the LPG filter
Overhaul the evaporator (MD/Cobra) Replace the sticker
Check the screw joints for secure attachment and perform a leak test
Check CO content in the exhaust gas
Check that the duration of engine run-on before the engine stops is acceptable
Steering
Check the steering system for correct function and leaks
Check that the steering wheel is firmly seated and check the turning handle for da-
mage
Steering axle: Check that it is firmly attached, check for leaks, and apply grease
Check the steering stop
Brake
Check all mechanical brake parts for condition and correct function
Service brake function check
Parking brake function check
Electrical system
Check all power cable connections
Check the switches, transmitters and sensors for correct function
Check the lighting and indicator lights
Starter battery
Measure the cold-start current; recharge or replace the battery if necessary
Hydraulics
Check the hydraulic system for condition, correct function and leaks
318 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
At operating hours
1000 2000 4000 5000 7000 Carried out
8000 10000 11000 13000 14000  
Check the hydraulics blocking function (ISO valve)
Check the oil level
Lift mast
Check the mast bearings for damage and lubricate. Check the tightening torque
Check the mast profiles for damage and wear, and lubricate
Check the guide in the lower (load reversal) mast profile for damage and for wear
Check the load chains for damage and wear, adjust and lubricate
Check the lift cylinders and connections for damage and leaks
Check the guide pulleys for damage and wear
Check the support rollers and chain rollers for damage and wear
Check the play between the fork carriage stop and run-out barrier
Check the tilt cylinders and connections for damage and leaks
Check the fork carriage for damage and wear
Check the fork arm interlock for damage and correct function
Check the fork arms for wear and deformation
Check that there is a safety screw on the fork carriage or on the attachment
Special equipment variant
Check the fresh-air filter in the heating system and beat out the filter if necessary
Heating system: Check for damage and observe the manufacturer's maintenance
instructions
Check the fresh-air filter and recirculated air filter in the air conditioning and beat out
the filters if necessary
Air conditioning: function check
Check the attachments for wear and damage; observe the manufacturer's mainten-
ance instructions
Check the trailer coupling for wear and damage; observe the manufacturer's mai-
ntenance instructions
General
Read out error numbers and delete list
Reset maintenance interval
Check labelling for completeness
Test drive the truck
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 319

5 Maintenance
320 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
Maintenance - 3000 hours/every two years

At operating hours Carried out
3000 6000 9000 12000 15000  
Note
Perform all 1000-hour maintenance work
Power unit
Gearbox oil and multi-disc brake: Change gearbox oil
Replace the bleeder screws on the drive wheel units
Internal combustion engine
Replace the toothed belt, spur gears and V-belt
Replace the water pump (recommendation: consult the operating company)
Replace the safety cartridge in the air filter
Replace the coolant. DEUTZ: every 6000 hours or 4 years; VW: every 9000 hours or
every 5 years
DEUTZ: Replace the filter element in the diesel particle filter (every 6000 hours)
LPG system
Change all the hoses on the LPG system
Hydraulics
Change the hydraulic oil
Replace the return line filter and the breather filter
Replace the high-pressure filter
For RX70-50/600 (7334, 7338) only: Replace the accumulator
Special equipment
Replace the fresh-air filter and the recirculated air filter in the air conditioning system
Replace the accumulator dryer in the air conditioning system and refill with new
refrigerant
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 321

5 Maintenance
322 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
Maintenance instructions
Maintenance work must be carried out in
accordance with the following maintenance
intervals. The intervals are designed for
standard use. Depending on the application
conditions of the truck, shorter maintenance
intervals can be set, on agreement with the
operating company.
These factors may call for shorter mainten-
ance intervals:
• Contaminated, poor quality roads
• Dusty or salty air
• High air humidity
• Extremely high or low ambient tempera-
tures, or extreme changes in temperature
• Multi-shift operation with a high duty cycle
• Specific national regulations for the truck or
individual components
For maintenance tasks, only use original
spare parts, and only use consumables
that have been prescribed in the overview
of consumables.
Ordering spare parts and wearing

parts
Spare parts are provided by our spare parts
service department. The information required
for ordering parts can be found in the spare
parts list.
Only use spare parts as per the manufac-
turer's instructions. The use of unapproved
spare parts can result in an increased risk of
accidents due to insufficient quality or incor-
rect assignment. Anyone using unapproved
spare parts shall assume unlimited liability in
the event of damage or harm.
Quality and quantity of the required

operating materials
Only the operating materials specified in the
maintenance data table may be used.
– The required consumables and lubricants
can be found in the maintenance data table.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 323

5 Maintenance
Oil and grease types of a different quality

must not be mixed. This negatively affects
the lubricity. If a change between different
manufacturers cannot be avoided, drain the
old oil thoroughly.
Before carrying out lubricating work, filter
changes or any work on the hydraulic system,
carefully clean the area around the part
involved.
When topping up working materials, use only
clean containers!
Lubrication plan
Code1 Lubrication point
Four lubricating nipples on each side of the steering axle for the axle stub bearing and
(A)
track rod arm
(B) Sliding surfaces on the lift mast
(C) Load chains

(D) One lubricating nipple each on both lift mast bearings
1
See the following chapter, "Maintenance data table", under this Code.
for the respective lubricant specificationThis lubrication plan describes the series-production
truck with standard equipment. For maintenance points on variant trucks, see the relevant chap-
ter and/or instructions provided by the manufacturer.
.
324 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
Maintenance data table
General lubrication points
Code Unit Operating materials Specifications Dimension
Lubrication High-pressure ID no. 0147873 As required

grease
Battery
System filling Distilled water As required
Insulation resistance DIN 43539 Min. 1000 Ω/V

VDE 0510 against earth
Controls/joints
Lubrication High-pressure ID no. 0147873 As required
grease
Oil SAE 80 As required
MIL-L2105
API GL-4
Electrical system
Insulation resistance DIN EN 1175 Min. 1000 Ω/V
VDE 0117 against earth
Hydraulic system
System filling Hydraulic oil HVLP 68
DIN 51524, Part 3
Max. 48 l
Hydraulic oil for USDA H1
the food industry DIN 51524
(variant)
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 325

5 Maintenance
Tyres
Superelastic tyres Wear limit To wear mark
Solid rubber tyres Wear limit To wear mark
Pneumatic tyres Minimum tread depth 1.6 mm
Air pressure See information
on truck
Steering axle
(A) Axle stub bearing, High-pressure ID no. 0147873 As required
spherical bearing grease
Wheel nuts/screws Torque wrench 600 Nm
Drive axle
Wheel nuts on drive Torque wrench 640 Nm
axle
Wheel gear Mineral oil FUCHS TITAN Right-hand side:
GEAR HYP LD 1.52 l
SAE 80W-90 Left-hand side: 0.57 l
Lift mast
(B) Lubrication High-pressure ID no. 0147873 As required
grease
Stop Play Min. 2 mm
(D) Lift mast bearing Grease Aralub 4320 Fill with grease until a
DIN 51825- small amount of fresh
KPF2N20 grease escapes
ID no. 0148659
Load chains
(C) Lubrication High-load chain Fully synthetic As required
spray Temperature range:
-35°C to +250°C
ID no. 0156428
326 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
Cooling system
System filling Corrosion inhibitor G12 plus (violet) approx. 12 l
and cooling TL-VW 774 F 40% cooling system
system protecting protecting agent/60%
agent/water water for frost
protection down
to -25 C
Air conditioning
System filling Refrigerant ID no. 7449600005 Standard cab: 1400
g
Beverage cab: 1485
g
Fuel tank
LPG cylinder/LPG LPG DIN 51622 Approx. 11 kg
tank EN 589
Engine
System filling Engine oil SAE 5W-30 in With filter change:
accordance with VW 6.9 litres
50700
Air filter Filter cartridge and As required
safety cartridge
Washer system
System filling Screen wash Winter, ID As required
no. 172566
.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 327

5 Maintenance
Providing access to maintenance points

Opening the side service flap
1 2
– Turn the left-hand quick release clamp (1)
clockwise.
– Turn the right-hand quick release clamp (2)
anticlockwise.
NOTE
The side service flap (3) is secured to the
chassis by a lock washer (4).
3 7331_314-001
– Carefully fold down the side service flap.

4
7331_314-002
328 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
– Lift the side service flap out of the truck

contour and let it hang from the truck.
7331_314-003
Closing the side service flap

2 3
– Carefully place the side service flap (1) on
the recess in the chassis.
– Turn the left-hand quick release clamp (2)
anticlockwise.
– Turn the right-hand quick release clamp (3)
clockwise.
– Ensure that the side cover is within the truck
contour and is securely locked.
1 7331_314-004
Opening the bonnet
WARNING
Risk of injury!
– Switch off the engine before opening the bonnet!
CAUTION
When opening the bonnet, the driver's seat may be
damaged if it is not positioned all the way forward.
– Slide the driver's seat all the way forwards.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 329

5 Maintenance
CAUTION
If the right-hand window of the cab (variant) is open,
there is a chance that the window handle may be
damaged when the bonnet is opened.
– Make sure that the right-hand cab window is
closed.
– On trucks equipped with a cab (variant),

close the right-hand cab window.
– Remove all loose objects from the right-
hand shelf.
– Move the steering column (1) as far for-
wards as possible and secure; see section
entitled "Adjusting the steering column".
– Slide the driver's seat (2) all the way for- 1
ward; see section entitled "Adjusting the 2
MSG 65/MSG 75 driver's seat".
– On trucks equipped with a rear window
(variant), push the seat backrest for-
wards; see section entitled "Adjusting the
MSG 65/MSG 75 driver's seat".
7311_120-001
– Firmly insert a narrow screwdriver into

the slot (4) of the bonnet release until the
interlock opens.
– Use the handle to open the bonnet fully.
7300_003-007_V2
330 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
– If the gas spring is equipped with a position

lock (variant), open the bonnet until the
latch (1) of the gas spring (2) snaps into
place.
WARNING
Risk of injury from the bonnet lowering!
The bonnet is fitted with a gas spring that holds the
1
bonnet in the open position. When additional load is
present, for example heavy objects, strong wind or 2
other persons, the bonnet can lower suddenly.
Cold weather and ageing can also reduce the
performance of the gas spring and cause the
bonnet to lower.
– If the force of the gas spring is deteriorating,
replace the gas spring.
– If the gas spring has a position lock (variant),
make sure that the latch is engaged. 7300_003-008
– To replace the gas spring, contact the authorised

service centre.
Closing the bonnet
WARNING
When closing the bonnet, there is a risk of crushing!
When closing the bonnet, nothing must come
between the bonnet and the edge of the chassis.
– Do not grasp any edges. Always close the 1
bonnet by placing both hands on the handles.
2
CAUTION
Risk of damage!
The bonnet can be equipped with a gas spring (2)
with a position lock (variant). This prevents the
gas spring from being compressed. Exerting force
when closing the bonnet will damage the gas spring
or bonnet suspension.
7300_003-008
– Before closing the bonnet, check whether the

gas spring is equipped with a position lock
(variant).
– If the gas spring is equipped with a position lock
(variant), release the latch (1) before closing the
bonnet.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 331

5 Maintenance
Releasing the position lock (variant)

– Press the latch (1) at the PRESS mark and
lower the bonnet slightly.
– Release the latch.
Closing the bonnet
– Holding it by the handle, pull down the 1
bonnet until the lock audibly engages.
2
7300_003-008
– Adjust the seat (2); see the section on

"Adjusting the MSG 65/MSG 75 driver's
seat".
– Adjust the steering column (1); see the 1
section on "Adjusting the steering column". 2
7311_120-001
Installing and removing the bottom

plate
Removing the bottom plate
CAUTION
Risk of short circuit if cables are damaged!
– Check the connection cables for damage.
– When removing and reinstalling the bottom
plate, make sure that the connecting cables
are not damaged.
332 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
NOTE
The bottom plate has a recess into which the
operator can insert their fingers in order to lift
it. The recess is beneath the rubber mat.
NOTE
The accelerator pedal is attached to the
bottom plate and is removed with the bottom
plate. The connecting plug for the accelerator
is located underneath the bottom plate.
– Open the bonnet.
– Remove the rubber mat.
– Grasp the recess in the bottom plate (1).
– Raise the bottom plate slightly.
– Pull out the bottom plate under the brake
pedal and set it down upright. 1
7311_003-013
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 333

5 Maintenance
– Disconnect the plug connection from the

accelerator pedal (2).
– Remove the floor plate and place it in a
secure location.
Installing the bottom plate

WARNING
Risk of crushing between the bottom plate and the
frame edge! 2
If limbs or objects are between the bottom plate and
frame edge when the bottom plate is closed, they
can be crushed.
– Make sure that, when you close the bottom plate,
there is nothing between the bottom plate and
the frame edge.
7311_003-014
– Set down the bottom plate upright in the

footwell.
– Connect the connection assembly to the
accelerator pedal.
– Position the bottom plate at the front.
– Carefully guide the bottom plate down and
close.
– Insert the rubber mat.
– Close the bonnet.
334 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
Preserving operational readiness

De-icing the evaporator
NOTE
Gas cools significantly upon evaporation. If
the evaporator is not warmed sufficiently by
the coolant circulation in the engine, it may ice
over. The gas supply can be interrupted if the
evaporator ices over. This causes the engine
to come to a halt.
– Open the bonnet; see Link error: Target with XID
= "Motorhaube_oeffnen" not found!.
– Check to see whether the evaporator has 1

iced over.
If the evaporator has iced over: 7097_003-003
– Disconnect the connection assembly (1).

The gas shut-off valve is closed. The gas flow
to the evaporator is blocked.
– Try to start the engine again.
If the engine starts, leave it running until it
stalls again due to the lack of gas. This will
discharge any gas still in the evaporator.
CAUTION
If the engine is prematurely turned off via the key
switch, residue gas may remain in the evaporator.
Undercooled gas left in the evaporator expands
upon heating. This can lead to excessive overpres-
sure in the evaporator and can cause component
damage.
– If the evaporate ices over, do not switch off the
engine using the key switch.
– First of all, allow the engine to stall due to the lack
of gas.
– Make sure that the engine has stopped.
– Once the engine has stopped, switch off the key
switch.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 335

5 Maintenance
DANGER
Risk of explosion when de-icing the
gas system!
Gas can ignite and explode when
exposed to excessive heat, naked
flames, glowing objects, and objects
that produce sparks. Frozen system
components may only be thawed
using warm air, warm water, warm
sand bags or something similar. The
temperature of the applied heat must
not exceed 50°C. Warm air must not
be applied directly using a heating
appliance, e.g. a hot air blower. The
gas may ignite at the heating coil in
devices of this kind. Applying warm air
with a warm-air hose is permitted.
– De-ice frozen system parts with a
temperature < 50°C.
– Heating appliances must be set up
at a sufficiently safe distance from
the truck.
– De-ice the evaporator.

– Connect the connection assembly (1).
The gas shut-off valve is opened. The gas flow
to the evaporator is available again.
– Start engine.
– If the problem persists, repeat the proce-
dure or contact your authorised service
centre, if necessary.
Checking the engine oil level

NOTE
The forklift truck must be positioned on level
ground to perform these checks.
– Open the bonnet; see the chapter entitled
"Opening the bonnet".
336 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
– Pull out the oil dipstick (1) and wipe it.

– Insert the oil dipstick to the stop and pull out
again.
The oil level must be between the marks
(arrows).
– If the oil level reaches only to the bottom
marking, unscrew the filler cap (2) and
top up the oil. When doing so, observe
the information regarding the quantity
and specification in the chapter entitled
"Maintenance data table".
– Then screw the filler cap (2) back on tightly.
– Insert the oil dipstick to the stop.
– Close the bonnet; see the chapter entitled
"Closing the bonnet".
Topping up the coolant and checking

the coolant concentration
CAUTION
– Check the cooling system for leaks; see
⇒ Chapter "Cleaning the radiator, checking for
leaks", P. 5-354.
WARNING
Coolant and coolant additives are hazardous to
your health.
Observe the safety regulations for handling coolant;
see ⇒ Chapter "Coolant and cooling fluid", P. 2-50.
The coolant reservoir filler cap (1) can be

found at the top on the rear weight between
the driver's cab and the LPG cylinders.
A sensor monitors the coolant level. As soon
as the COOLANT LEVEL message appears
on the display-operating unit, proceed as
follows.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 337

5 Maintenance
WARNING
Risk of scalding!
Only open the coolant reservoir filler cap when the
engine has cooled down.
– Slowly open the coolant reservoir filler cap

(1) and release over pressure.
– Unscrew further and remove the cap.
– If necessary, top up the coolant up to the
marking plate in the coolant reservoir. For
information about the filling quantity in the
cooling system, see "maintenance data
table".
– For information about the correct concen-
tration of coolant, refer to the following chap-
ter.
– Screw the coolant reservoir filler cap (1)
back on tightly.
Concentration of the coolant additive

CAUTION
Risk of corrosion!
The percentage of coolant additive must always be
at least 40%, even if frost protection is not needed
in warmer climates.
If an increased level of frost protection is required
for climatic reasons, the percentage of coolant can
be increased to up to 60%.
The percentage of coolant additive must not exceed
60%, as otherwise the frost protection is reduced.
In addition, the cooling effect is also reduced.
Only use clean, softened water for the water per-
centage.
Frost protection Water percentage Percentage of coolant additive

up to °C % %
-25 60 40
-30 55 45
-35 50 50
-40 40 60
338 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
CAUTION
Coolant additive with a different specification must
not be added!
– Top up using coolant additive and corrosion
inhibitor in accordance with the maintenance
data table.
Only use coolant additive according to the manu-
facturer's guidelines.
Replacing the air filter cartridges

NOTE
The filter cartridge must be replaced when
the AIR FILTER message appears on the
display and operating unit, or every two years. 3 8
6
– Open the side service flap; see the chapter 4 9
entitled "Opening the side service flap"
7
5 0
7312_003-070_en_V2
– Release the three clamps (1) on the air filter

and remove the air filter cover (2). 1
1
1
2 7321_003-075
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 339

5 Maintenance
– Remove the main cartridge (3).

3
CAUTION
The safety cartridge must remain in the air filter
housing until all residual dirt has been removed
from the housing so that no dirt enters the intake
system!
– Wipe out the air filter housing using a damp

cloth.
7321_003-076
– Remove the safety cartridge (4), check for

contamination, and change it if necessary.
– Refit the safety cartridge.
– Insert a new main cartridge (3). 4
7321_003-077
340 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
– Fit the air filter cover (5) with the mark (6)
facing upwards. 6 7
– Engage the three clamps (7) on the air filter.
– Close the side service flap.
7
7
5 7321_003-078
Lubricating the joints and controls

– Oil or grease other bearing points and
joints according to the maintenance data
table; see ⇒ Chapter "Maintenance data
table", P. 5-325.
• Driver's seat guide
• Lubricate bonnet hinges at the lubricating
nipple
• Control linkage for valves
• In the cab, lubricate door hinges at the
lubricating nipple (variant)
• Lubricate shafts and joints in dual-pedal
operation (variant)
Checking the door latch

– Inspect the condition of the catch bolt and
check for wear.
– Check the lock mechanism for easy opera-
tion.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 341

5 Maintenance
Maintaining the seat belt
DANGER
There is a risk to life if the seat belt fails during an
accident!
If the seat belt is faulty, it may tear or open during
an accident and no longer keep the driver in the
driver's seat. The driver may therefore be hurled
against the truck components or out of the truck.
– Ensure operational reliability by continually
testing.
– Do not use a truck with a defective seat belt.
– Only have a defective belt replaced by your
service centre.
– Only use genuine spare parts.
– Do not make any changes to the belt.
NOTE
Carry out the following checks on a regular
basis (monthly). In the case of significant
strain, a daily check is necessary.
Checking the seat belt

– Pull out the belt (3) completely and check
for wear.
The belt must not be frayed or cut. The
stitching must not be loose.
– Check whether the belt is dirty. 3
2
– Check whether parts are worn or damaged,
including the attachment points.
– Check the buckle (1) to ensure that it locks
in properly. 1
When the belt tongue (2) is inserted, the belt
must be held securely.
6327_342-009
342 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
– The belt tongue (2) must release when the

red button (4) is pressed.
– The automatic blocking mechanism must
be tested at least once a year:
– Park the forklift truck on level ground.
– Pull out the belt with a jerk.
The automatic blocking mechanism must
block extension of the belt.
– Tilt the seat at least 30 ° (if necessary,
4
remove the seat).
– Slowly extend the belt.
The automatic blocking mechanism must
block extension of the belt. 1 7090_342-005
Cleaning the seat belt

– Clean the seat belt as necessary, but
without using chemical cleaning materials
(a brush will suffice).
Replacement after an accident

As a rule, the seat belt must be changed after
an accident.
Checking the driver's seat
WARNING
Risk of injury!
– After an accident, check the driver's seat with
attached restraining belt and fastening.
– Check the controls for correct operation.

– Check the condition of the seat (e.g. wear
on the upholstery) and secure fastening to
the hood.
WARNING
Risk of injury!
– Have the seat repaired by the service centre if 6327_342-010
you identify any damage during the checks.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 343

5 Maintenance
Greasing the automatic tow coupling

NOTE
Wear to moving parts can be significantly
reduced by appropriate servicing and regular
lubrication of the coupling.
– Avoid over-greasing!
NOTE
Close the coupling before cleaning with
a high-pressure cleaner. After cleaning,
lubricate the coupling pin, tow bar eye and
its supporting surface again.
Model RO*243
– Push the hand lever (2) upwards. 1 2
– Grease using the lubricating nipple(1) in
accordance with the maintenance data
table", P. 5-325.
– Close the coupling by raising the coupling
pin with a suitable tool.
– For journeys with a rigid drawbar trailer, 3
lubricate the underside of the tow bar eye
and the supporting surface on the coupling.
7321_003-091
– Determine the wear on the coupling pin.

The diameter of the spherical part must not be
less than 36.5 mm.
Model RO*244 A
– Open coupling.
7321_003-092
344 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
– Grease using the lubricating nipple(1) in

accordance with the maintenance data 1
table", P. 5-325.
– Grease coupling pin, tow bar eye and its
supporting surface.
Wartung_Rockinger 244 A
Model RO*245
– Lubricate via the points provided for this
purpose (lubricating nipple, opened cou-
pling) in accordance with the maintenance
data table; see ⇒ Chapter "Maintenance
data table", P. 5-325.
– Grease the supporting surface for the
tow-bar eye.
7321_003-094
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 345

5 Maintenance
Model RO*841
– Lubricate via the points provided for this
purpose (lubricating nipple, opened cou-
pling) in accordance with the maintenance
data table; see ⇒ Chapter "Maintenance
data table", P. 5-325.
– Grease the supporting surface for the
tow-bar eye.
7321_003-095
Servicing wheels and tyres
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Uneven wear reduces the stability of the truck
and increases the braking distance. The level of
wear exhibited by tyres on the same axle must be
approximately the same.
– Worn or damaged tyres (left or right) must be
replaced immediately.
– When changing wheels or tyres, ensure that this
does not cause the truck to tilt to one side (e.g.
always replace right-hand and left-hand wheels
at the same time).
– Changes must only be made following consulta-
tion with the manufacturer.
WARNING
Risk to stability!
Tyre quality affects the stability of the truck. There
is a risk of tipping!
When using pneumatic tyres or solid rubber tyres,
rim wheel parts must never be changed and rim
wheel parts from different manufacturers must not
be mixed.
– Obtain approval from the truck manufacturer
before using a different type of tyre or a different
tyre manufacturer.
346 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
Checking condition and wear of the tyres

Superelastic tyres (variant)
– Check the remaining distance between the
tyre tread and the (60 J) wear mark.
Super-elastic tyres (variant) can be worn down
to the (60 J) wear mark.
60
J
– Remove any foreign bodies embedded in
the tyre.
60
J
Pneumatic tyres (variant)
– Check the tread depth on all four tyres.
The tread depth for pneumatic tyres (variant)
must be at least 1.6 mm at every point on the
tread. If the tread is worn down to the wear
mark (2) at any point on the tyre, replace the
tyres on one axle.
– Remove any foreign bodies embedded in
the tyre.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 347

5 Maintenance
Checking the air pressure

1
NOTE
The correct air pressure for pneumatic tyres
(variant) is determined by the type of tyre used.
The air pressure measured must correspond
to the manufacturer's information.
– Observe the air pressure value indicated on
the adhesive label (1) on the truck.
– Check the air pressure of all four tyres and
compare with the air pressure values stated
on the adhesive labels.
– Add or release air as required if the air
pressure deviates from the values stated.
Checking wheel fastenings

– Check that all wheel fastenings (4) are se-
curely fastened and retighten as necessary.
– Observe the relevant torques; see section
entitled "Maintenance data table".
4
7321_003-112
Servicing the battery

NOTE
Battery maintenance is carried out in accor-
dance with the battery manufacturer's opera-
ting instructions.
348 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
WARNING
There is a risk of damage, short
circuiting and explosion.
Do not place any metallic objects or
tools on the battery. Keep away from
naked flames and fire. Smoking is
forbidden.
Checking the battery charge status

– Remove the side cover.
– For maintenance-free batteries, check the
charge status at the inspection window (1):
• Green: The battery is optimally charged.
• Black: The battery charge status is no 1
longer optimal. The battery must be
recharged. After recharging, the indica-
tor changes back to green
• Transparent (light-coloured): The charge
status is no longer adequate for the truck to
start reliably. The battery must be replaced.
Charging the battery

– For batteries that are not maintenance-free,
check the level of the battery acid.
7071_003-071
WARNING
The electrolyte (dilute sulphuric acid)
is poisonous and caustic.
– Observe the safety regulations
for handling battery acid ⇒ Chap-
ter "Battery acid", P. 2-46.
– Check the battery acid level.
The battery acid must come up to the lower

edge of the insert in the battery housing or
5 mm above the upper edge of the plates.
Observe the manufacturer's specifications!
CAUTION
The battery can be damaged!
– Top up the missing fluid with distilled water only.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 349

5 Maintenance
– Unscrew the battery cell cover and check 7090_606-002
the acid density using an acid siphon.

The acid density must reach the values in the
table. The listed acid densities refer to an acid
temperature of 27°C.
Acid density Empty Full

Normal 1.13 1.28
Tropic 1.08 1.23
WARNING
Risk of explosion! Charging releases
gases that are explosive.
During the charging process, the
surface of the battery cells must be
clear to ensure sufficient ventilation.
The charging area must be properly
ventilated.
Keep the bonnet open during char-
ging; avoid spark formation near the
battery.
– Charge discharged batteries immediately

until they are fully charged again.
The charging current must not exceed 1/10 of

the capacity.
The battery cell covers must be kept dry and
clean.
Any spilled battery acid must be neutralised
immediately.
Terminals and cable shoes must be clean,
lightly coated with battery grease and screwed
on tightly.
– Once the charging process is complete,
screw the battery cell covers back on.
– Refit the cover at the back.
350 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
Replacing fuses
DANGER
Risk of fire!
Using the wrong fuses can result in short circuits.
– Use only fuses with the prescribed nominal cur-
rent, see the section entitled "Fuse assignment".
– Remove the cover at the back.

– Open the cover fastenings (1) and remove
the cover. 1 1
– Replace the defective fuse with one that is
rated for the nominal current according to
"Fuse assignment".
– Close the cover to secure the fuse box.
– Install the back covers.
– Perform a function check. If the error
persists or if the fuse is still defective, notify
1 1
7311_003-021
Lubricating the lift mast and roller

track
– Remove dirt and lubricant residue from the
roller track.
– Lubricate the roller tracks (1) of the outside,
middle, and inside mast with a super-
pressure adhesion lubricant to reduce
wear. See ⇒ Chapter "Maintenance data
table", P. 5-325.
NOTE
Spray the roller track evenly from a distance of
approx. 15-20 cm. Wait approx. 15 minutes 1
until the equipment is ready to use again.
6210_800-020
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 351

5 Maintenance
352 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
Other tasks
– Perform all tasks required to maintain
full operability; see the chapter entitled
"Remaining ready for operation".
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 353

5 Maintenance
1000-hour maintenance/yearly maintenance

Cleaning the radiator, checking for
leaks 1
– Open the bonnet.
– Clean the radiator (1).
– Clean the radiator fins using a suitable
brush and blow them out using compressed
air (max. 2 bar).
– Check the radiator and coolant hoses for
leaks and tighten the clips if necessary.
CAUTION
7311_003-002

– Check whether the leakage has been eliminated.
– If not, notify the authorised service centre.
– Close the bonnet.
Checking the reversible fork arms

NOTE
This check is only required for reversible fork
arms (variant).
– Check the outside of the fork bend (1) for
cracks. Contact your service centre.
354 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
Checking the fork arms
CAUTION
Fork arms must not be uneven!
3
– Always replace both fork arms.
– Check the fork arms (1) for visible deforma-

tion and excessive wear.
No cracks or deformations must be visible on 2
the fork arms in the area around the fork bend.
Wear must not amount to more than 10% of
the original thickness.
1
– Check that the locking screws (2) are
present and securely attached.
2 d3911398
– Replace any worn or deformed fork arms.
Check the condition and correct operation of
the fork latch:
– Move the locking lever (3) into a vertical
position.
It must be possible to move the fork arm.
– Move the locking lever into a horizontal
position.
The latch must engage in a recess on the fork
carriage. It must not be possible to move the
fork arm.
– Replace faulty fork latches.
Checking the hydraulic oil level
CAUTION
Hydraulic oils are hazardous to your health and are
under pressure during operation.
– Observe the safety regulations for working
with hydraulic oils; see ⇒ Chapter "Hydraulic
fluid", P. 2-45.

– Open the side cover. See chapter entitled
"Opening the side cover".
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 355

5 Maintenance
– Unscrew and remove the breather filter with

oil dipstick (1) from the filler neck.
– Check the oil level. The oil level must be at

least up to the mark (2) on the dipstick. 1
– If the oil level does not reach the specified fill
level, pour hydraulic oil of the corresponding
specification (see ⇒ Chapter "Maintenance
data table", P. 5-325) into the filler neck until
it reaches the upper mark as a maximum.
NOTE
2
Use a funnel.
– Insert the breather filter with oil dipstick back
into the filler neck and screw it in tightly.
– Close the side cover again; see chapter
entitled "Closing the side cover". 7094_700-002
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
Carefully collect any spilled oil and dispose of

it in an environmentally friendly manner.
356 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Maintenance 5
Checking the lift cylinders and

connections for leaks
WARNING
Risk of injury
Observe safety regulations for working on the lift
mast, see the "Working at the front of the truck"
chapter.
– Check hydraulic connections and lift cylin-

ders for leaks (visual inspection).
– Have leaking screw joints or leaking hy-
draulic cylinders repaired by the authorised
service centre.
7094_810-004
Checking the hydraulic system for

leak tightness
WARNING
Hydraulic oil is hazardous to health!
Hydraulic oil under pressure can
escape from leaking pipes and lines,
and cause injuries.
– Wear suitable protective gloves,
protection goggles etc.
CAUTION
Hydraulic hoses become brittle!
– Do not store hydraulic hoses for more than two
years.
– Do not use hydraulic hoses for more than six
years if they are subject to normal wear.
– Do not use hydraulic hoses for more than two
years if they are subject to a high level of wear.
– Comply with the specifications of DGUV 113-020
in Germany.
– Outside of Germany, observe the national
regulations for the country of use.
– Check pipe and hose connection screw

joints for leaks (traces of oil).
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 357

5 Maintenance
Replace hose lines if they display the following

abnormalities:
• Outer layer has been damaged, or is brittle
or cracked
• Leaking
• Deformation (e.g. with blisters or kinks)
• A fitting has come loose
• A fitting is badly damaged or corroded
Replace pipes if they display the following
abnormalities:
• Abrasion
• Deformation and bending
• Leaking
358 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

6
Technical data
6 Technical data
Dimensions
Dimensions
● Steering column is adjustable ± 80 mm ● Fork spacing is adjustable

● Seat is adjustable ± 90 mm
NOTE
Measurements h1, h3, h4, h6 and b1 are
customised and can be taken from the order
confirmation.
Centre of gravity "S" (distance measured from
the front axle)
360 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Technical data 6
Dimensions
NOTE
The centre of gravity "S" depends on the
truck's individual equipment, e.g. the type
of lift mast, any attachments or the driver
protection structure. This can vary from one
truck to another. If necessary, the centre of
gravity "S" must be determined individually
for each truck. Please contact the qualified
service centre in relation to this matter.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 361

6 Technical data
VDI datasheet
VDI datasheet
NOTE
This VDI datasheet specifies only the techni-
cal values of the truck version with standard
equipment. Different tyres, lift masts, additio-
nal units etc. may produce different values.
Characteristics
RX70
RX70-40 RX70-45 RX70-50
50/600
Manufacturer STILL STILL STILL STILL
LPG-electric LPG-electric LPG-electric LPG-
Drive:
electric
Operation: Seat Seat Seat Seat
Load capacity/load Q (kg) 4000 4500 4999 5000
Load centre of gravity c (mm) 500 500 500 600

Load distance x (mm) 540 540 540 550
Wheelbase y (mm) 2005 2005 2070 2125
.
Weight
RX70-40 RX70-45 RX70-50 RX70 50/600

Net weight kg 6075 6279 6590 7174
Axle weight with front load kg 8896 9632 10468 11014
Axle load without front/rear kg 2821/3255 2798/3480 2956/3635 3308/3866
load
.
Wheels, chassis frame
RX70-40 RX70-45 RX70-50 RX70 50/600

Tyres: superelastic (SE), Super Super Super Super elastic
solid rubber (V), pneumatic elastic elastic elastic
(L)
Front wheel size 250-15 355/45-15 355/45-15 355/45-15
Rear wheel size 250-15 250-15 250-15 250-15
Number of wheels, front/rear 2x/2 2x/2 2x/2 2x/2
(x = driven)
362 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Technical data 6
VDI datasheet
RX70-40 RX70-45 RX70-50 RX70 50/600
Track width: front single tyre b 10 (mm) 1136 1210 1210 -
Track width: front twin tyre b 10 (mm) 1364 1364 1364 1364
Track width: rear b 11 (mm) 1120 1120 1120 1120
.
Basic dimensions
RX70-40 RX70-45 RX70-50 RX70 50/600

Tilt lift mast/fork carriage, Degree 3/7 3/7 3/7 3/7
forwards/backwards
Height with lift mast retracted h1 (mm) 2400 2400 2400 2400
Free lift h2 (mm) 160 160 160 160
Lift height h3 (mm) 3180 3180 3180 2980
Height with lift mast
h4 (mm) 4187 4187 4187 4137
extended
Height to top of overhead
h6(mm) 2300 2300 2300 2300
guard
Seat height h7 (mm) 1298 1298 1298 1298
h10
Coupling height 496 496 496 496
(mm)
Total length l1 (mm) 4027 4071 4198 4368
Length from Fork back l2 (mm) 3027 3071 3098 3168
Total width b1 1380 1506 1506 1506
s/e/l
Fork arm dimensions 50/120/1000 50/120/1000 50/120/1000 50/210/1200
(mm)
Fork carriage according to Category III Category III / Category III Category III
ISO 2328 Class/Form A, B / Form A Form A / Form A / Form A
Fork carriage width b3 (mm) 1310 1310 1410 1310
Ground clearance with load
m1 (mm) 140 140 140 140
under lift mast
Ground clearance at centre
m2 (mm) 165 165 165 165
of wheelbase
Ast (mm) 4401 4441 4470 4539
Aisle width for pallet
1000x1200 crosswise
Aisle width for pallets

Ast (mm) 4601 4641 4670 4739
800x1200 lengthwise
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 363

6 Technical data
VDI datasheet
RX70-40 RX70-45 RX70-50 RX70 50/600

Turning radius Wa (mm) 2661 2701 2730 2789
b13
Smallest pivot point distance 737 737 746 754
(mm)
.
Performance data
RX70-40 RX70-45 RX70-50 RX70 50/600

Driving speed with/without
km/h 21/21 21/21 20/20 20/20
load
Lifting speed with/without
m/s 0.59/0.59 0.50/0.53 0.50/0.53 0.50/0.53
load, min. fan speed
Lowering speed with/with-
m/s 0.50/0.50 0.50/0.50 0.50/0.50 0.50/0.50
out load
Tractive force with/without
N
load
Climbing capability
% />30 />30 />30 />30
with/without load
Acceleration time with/with-
s
out load
Service brake Mechanical Mechanical Mechanical Mechanical
.
Engine
RX70-40 RX70-45 RX70-50 RX70 50/600
Engine manufacturer/type VW/CKPA VW/CKPA VW/CKPA VW/CKPA
Engine power rating as per 55 55 55 55
kW
ISO 1585
Nominal speed rpm 1200 1200 1200 1200
Maximum torque Nm 255 255 255 255
Number of cylinders / cc 3
cm 6/3600 6/3600 6/3600 6/3600
Fuel consumption in
l/h - - -
accordance with VDI cycle
.
Other
RX70-40 RX70-45 RX70-50 RX70 50/600
Traction controller type Stilltronic Stilltronic Stilltronic Stilltronic
Working pressure for
bar 250 250 250 250
attachments
Oil volume for attachments l/min 30 30 30 30
364 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Technical data 6
Wheels and tyres
RX70-40 RX70-45 RX70-50 RX70 50/600

Noise level at the driver's ear dB (A)
Tow coupling, type/model Bolt Bolt Bolt Bolt
.
Wheels and tyres

Permissible tyres
DANGER
The use of non-permissible tyres affects the stabi-
lity of the truck. Risk of accident!
– Only use the types of tyre listed below.
– Observe the basic principles of safe operation;
see the chapter entitled "Tyres".
WARNING
Risk of tipping!
Tyre quality affects the stability of the truck.
If you wish to use a different type of tyre on the truck
from the tyres approved by the truck manufacturer,
or tyres from a different manufacturer, you must first
obtain approval from the truck manufacturer.
WARNING
Risk to stability!
When using pneumatic tyres or solid rubber tyres,
rim parts must never be changed and rim parts from
different manufacturers must not be mixed.
– Consultation with the authorised service

centre is recommended before changing
over to wheels and tyres other than those
specified here.
RX70-40 tyres
Track width Lift mast

Type of tyre Tyre size
(mm) (Overall height in mm)
Front Rear Front Rear Telescopic Triple

Superelastic SIT tyres
SIT 250-15 250-15 1136 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SIT 7.00-15 250-15 1369 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 365

6 Technical data
Wheels and tyres


SIT 7.00-15 250-15 1369 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SIT 250-15 250-15 1136 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SIT 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SIT 28x12.5–15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SIT 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SITn 250-15 250-15 1136 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SITn 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SITa 250-15 250-15 1136 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SITa 28x12.5–15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SITa 7.00-15/5.5 250-15 1364 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
Pneumatic tyres
Pneumatic 250-
250-15 1136 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
1136 15/18PR
Pneumatic
153 A5 XZM 250/70R15 250-15 1136 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
TL
Pneumatic
1364, twin 7.00-15 250-15 1364 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
tyres
.
RX70-45 tyres
SIT 7.00-15 250-15 1369 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SIT 7.00-15 250-15 1369 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SIT 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SIT 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SIT 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SITn 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SITa 28x12.5–15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
366 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Technical data 6
Wheels and tyres

SITa 7.00-15/5.5 250-15 1364 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
Pneumatic tyres
Pneumatic
1364, twin 7.00-15 250-15 1364 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
tyres
.
RX70-50 tyres
SIT 7.00-15 250-15 1369 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SIT 7.00-15 250-15 1369 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SIT 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SIT 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3000
SIT 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SITn 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SITa 28x12.5–15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3000
SITa 7.00-15/5.5 250-15 1364 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
Pneumatic tyres
Pneumatic
1364, twin 7.00-15 250-15 1364 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
tyres
.
RX70-50 tyres (LSP 600)

SIT 7.00-15 250-15 1369 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SIT 7.00-15 250-15 1369 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SIT 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 367

6 Technical data
Fuse assignment

SIT 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 -
SIT 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SITn 355/50-15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
SITa 28x12.5–15 250-15 1210 1120 Up to 3250 -
SITa 7.00-15/5.5 250-15 1364 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
Pneumatic tyres
Pneumatic
1364, twin 7.00-15 250-15 1364 1120 Up to 3250 Up to 3200
tyres
.
Fuse assignment
Fuse Connection Comment

1F08 10 A 12-volt battery (constant positive terminal) Reserve
1F09 10 A Switch lock, terminal 30
1F10 10 A Coolant pump RX70-40-50 (LPG)
1F11 10 A Converter
1F12 15 A Reserve
1F15 10 A 12 volts for TCU, display and operating unit
1F16 10 A 12 volts for servo hydraulics
1F17 10 A Time-delay relay, terminal 15
1F18 15 A Converter coolant pump, axle/converter
368 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Technical data 6
Fuse assignment
Fuse Connection Comment

10 A 12 volts for ECU VW ECU
1F19
10 A Exhaust gas volume controller RX70-40-50 (DOC, DPF)
Burner air pump, preheating control unit,
10 A RX70-60-80
exhaust gas recirculation
1F21 Lambda probe, ignition module 1-3 pulse
15 A RX70-40-50 (LPG)
valve
10 A Exhaust gas controller butterfly valve RX70-40-50 (DOC)
15 A Spark ignition control unit RX70-60-80
1F22
15 A Pulse valve, ignition module 4-6 RX70-40-50 (LPG)
4F01 10 A Signal horn
5F11 30 A CPP1 (roof)
5F12 20 A CPP2b (lighting)
5F13 30 A CPP3 (seat)
5F14 20 A 12 volts for ECU Deutz ECU
9F03 10 A 12 volts for Option Board
20 A Starter terminal 50 RX70-40-50 (LPG)
9F04
30 A Fuel pump RX70-40-50 (DOC, DPF)
NOTE
Depending on the equipment, not all fuses will
be present in the truck.
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 369

6 Technical data
Fuse assignment
370 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Index
g
A Attachments
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Access authorisation
Controlling using a double
Changing the password . . . . . . . . . . . 91
mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Defining the driver PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Controlling using the double
Entering the access code . . . . . . . . . 85 mini-lever and the 5th function . . 198
Selecting the driver PIN . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Controlling using the joystick 4Plus
Access authorisation with PIN code . . . . 84 and the 5th function . . . . . . . . . . 209
Accessories Controlling using the quadruple
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 mini-lever and the 5th function . . 206
Actuating the drive direction switch Controlling using the triple
Fingertip version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 mini-lever and the 5th function . . 202
Joystick 4Plus version . . . . . . 130 – 131 Controlling via the joystick 4Plus . . . 208
Mini-console version . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Controlling with a quadruple
mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Mini-lever version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Controlling with a triple mini-lever . . . 200
Address of manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Controlling with the fingertip . . . . . . . 210
Adjusting the armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Controlling with the fingertip and 5th
Adjusting the fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Adjusting the steering column . . . . . . . . . 80
General controlling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
After washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Aisle widths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Releasing the pressure from the
connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Special risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Taking up a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Automatic lift cut out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Automatic tow coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Coupling RO*243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Coupling RO*244 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Coupling RO*245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Coupling RO*841 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Uncoupling RO*243 . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Uncoupling RO*244 A . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Uncoupling RO*245 . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Uncoupling RO*841 . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
B
Battery
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Checking the charge status . . . . . . . 349
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 371

Index
g
Before taking up load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Climbing into the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Blue-Q Climbing out of the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Closing the bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Functional description . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Closing the cab door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Closing the side windows . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Switching off additional consumers . 123 Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Coolant and cooling fluid safety
Bottom plate information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Safety information for handling
battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
C Safety information for handling oils . . . 44
Cab Safety information for hydraulic fluid . . 45
Operating the interior lighting . . . . . . 240 Safety precautions for LPG . . . . . . . . 47
Operating the rear window heating . . 241 Contact details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
CE labelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Ceiling sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Changes to the forklift truck . . . . . . . . . . 25 Coolant and cooling fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Changing the drive direction . . . . . . . . . 133 Copyright and trademark rights . . . . . . . . 15
Dual pedal version . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Coupling pin in the counterweight . . . . . 245
Changing the fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Changing the LPG cylinder . . . . . . . . . . 277 Uncoupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Double-cylinder holder . . . . . . . . . . 280 Crane loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Changing the password . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Determining the loading weight . . . . 299
Checking the coolant concentration . . . 337 Hooking on the lifting straps . . . . . . . 299
Checking the door latch . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Checking the driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . 343 D
Checking the emergency off function . . 105
Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . 336
Checking the fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Danger area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Danger to employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Checking the lift cylinders and
connections for leaks . . . . . . . . . 357 De-icing the evaporator . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Checking the side cover Declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5
is locked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Checking wheel fastenings . . . . . . . . . . 348 Defining the driver PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Clamp locking mechanism Definition of directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Cleaning the dust valve . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Display and operating unit
Cleaning the electrical system . . . . . . . 304 Additional indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Cleaning the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Adjusting the displays . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Cleaning the windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Configure Blue Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Standard display elements . . . . 83, 110
372 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Index
g
Display messages E
Display content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
EC declaration of conformity in
Drive-specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 accordance with Machinery
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 5
Display operating unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Emergencies
Additional settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Disconnecting the battery . . . . . . . . 294
Resetting the daily kilometres . . . . . 118 Truck tipping over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Setting the date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Using the emergency hammer . . . . . 287
Setting the language . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Emergency hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Setting the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Emergency lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Display symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Emergency shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Auxiliary equipment softkey Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Exhaust gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Menu navigation softkey functions . . 115 Noise emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Numeric keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Operating messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Entering the access code . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Error code table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Disposal
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 F
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Filling the LPG tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Documentation scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Filling the washer system . . . . . . . 108, 226
Double mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Fingertip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Lifting/lowering the fork carriage . . . 157 Lifting/lowering the fork carriage . . . 162
Tilting the lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Tilting the lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Driver rights, duties and rules of Fitting attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
behaviour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 FleetManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Driver's cab Shock recognition . . . . . . . . . . 120, 227
Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Fork arms
Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 31
Driving Fork extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Ascending gradients . . . . . . . . 141 – 142 Four-way mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Descending gradients . . . . . . . 141 – 142
Driving lights G
Switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Gas spring with position lock (variant)
Driving on gradients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Releasing the latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Driving on lifts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Driving on loading bridges . . . . . . . . . . 188
H
Handling gas springs and accumulators . 31
Hazard warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 373

Index
g
Hazards and countermeasures . . . . . . . . 36 Lift mast versions

Heating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Triplex lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Adjusting the air flow . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Lift mast vertical position . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Switching on the blower . . . . . . . . . . 242 Automatic approach . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Hydraulic blocking function . . . . . . . . . . 155 Calibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Hydraulic fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Hydraulic system Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Checking for leak tightness . . . . . . . 357 Possible restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Run-in to end stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Tilting the lift mast backwards . . . . . 151
I Tilting the lift mast forwards . . . . . . . 151
Impermissible use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Information for carrying out mainte- Lifting system
nance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Controlling using a double
Maintenance timeframe . . . . . . . . . . 315 mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Information symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Controlling using a quadruple
Inserting wedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Insulation testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Controlling using a triple mini-lever . . 158
Insurance cover on company premises . . 25 Controlling using the fingertip . . . . . . 162
Interior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Controlling using the joystick 4Plus . 160
Issue date of the operating instructions . . 15 Operating devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Lighting
J STILL SafetyLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Jacking up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Joystick 4Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 List of abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 16
Fork-carriage sideshift . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Load
Lifting/lowering the fork carriage . . . 160 Picking up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Tilting the lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Setting down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Jump-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
L Load chains
Labelling points Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 7 Load measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Lashing down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Lift cut out Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Zero adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Lift mast LPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Lubricating the roller track . . . . . . . . 351 Lubricating the joints and controls . . . . . 341
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Securing against falling off . . . . . . . . 313
Securing against tilting backwards . . 313
374 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Index
g
M CUTOUT MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

EMERGENCY SWITCH . . . . . . . . . 263
Maintenance data table . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
EMPTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
EXH.GAS PURIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
EXH.GAS PURIFIER PLEASE
Controls/joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
WAIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
EXH.GAS PURIFIER SERVICE! ! ! . 270
Drive axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
FUEL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
GLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
HYBRID SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
General lubrication points . . . . . . . . 325
LOWER FORKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
LPG AUTO. VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
NOT VALID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Load chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
OIL PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Steering axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
OVERHEATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
PARK. REG. ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
PARK. REG. URGENT! ! ! . . . . . . . . 275
Maintenance work without special
PARKING BRAKE ACTIVE . . . . . . . 262
qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
PARKING BRAKE: APPLY
Malfunctions during lifting mode . . . . . . 153
HANDBRAKE! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Measuring the insulation resistance of
REFERENCE CYCLE . . . . . . . . . . . 264
the electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . 42
REGENERATION COMPLETED . . . 274
Medical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE . . . . . 262
Message
SAFETY BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
? VERTICAL POSITION . . . . . . . . . 264
SCR-SYSTEM MALFUNCTION . . . 275
ACCELERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
SCR-SYSTEM SERVICE . . . . . . . . 275
ADBLUE FILLING LEVEL . . . . . . . . 271
SEAT SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
ADBLUE QUALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
SERVICE BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
ADBLUE QUALITY URGENT! . . . . . 271
START IC ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
ADBLUE REFILL 5l . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
START PARK. REG.? . . . . . . . . . . . 275
ADBLUE URGENT! . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
AIR FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
SURVEILLANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
ALTERNATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
SWITCH OFF TRUCK? . . . . . . . . . . 262
APPLY HANDBRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . 261
TILTING SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
ARE YOU SURE ? . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Messages
ASH LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Drive-specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
BRAKE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
CODE DENIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Mini console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
COOLANT LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Misuse of safety systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 375

Index
g
MSG 65/MSG 75 driver's seat Parking the truck securely . . . . . . . . . . 144

Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Personnel qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Adjusting the backrest extension . . . . 78 Picking up loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Adjusting the lumbar support . . . . . . . 78 Place of use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Adjusting the seat backrest . . . . . . . . 76 Procedure if truck tips over . . . . . . . . . . 286
Adjusting the seat suspension . . . . . . 77 Production number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8
Moving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Prohibition of use by unauthorised
Switching the seat heater on and off . . 79 persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Proper usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 9
N
Q
Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Quadruple mini-lever
O Lifting/lowering the fork carriage . . . 159
Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Tilting the lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Opening the bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
R
Opening the cab door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Opening the LPG cylinder valve . . . . . . . 97 Radiator
Double-cylinder holder . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Checking for leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Opening the LPG tank shut-off valve . . . 101 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Opening the side windows . . . . . . 237 – 238 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Operating company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Rear window heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Operating devices for hydraulic and Recommissioning after shutdown . . . . . 306
driving functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Reducing speed with a raised load . . . . 143
Operating materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Replacing fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Quality and quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Resetting the daily kilometres . . . . . . . . 118
Operating procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Resetting the daily operating hours . . . . 118
Operating the service brake . . . . . . . . . 137 Residual dangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Operating the signal horn . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Residual risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Ordering spare parts and wearing parts . 323 Retrofitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Overhead guard Reversible fork arm
Drilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Roof loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Reversible fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Roadways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Overview Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Driver's compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Dimensions of aisle widths . . . . . . . . 127
Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Dimensions of roadways . . . . . . . . . 127
Driving on gradients . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
P Hazard areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Rules for roadways and the working
Parking brake area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Mechanical parking brake . . . . . . . . 138 Rotating beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
376 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Index
g
S Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Shutting down the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Safety devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Side service flap
Safety inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Special risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Safety devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Set values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Starting drive mode
Working on the electrical equip-
ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Dual pedal version . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Working on the hydraulic equip- Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Starting to drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Working on the ignition system . . . . . 311 Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Safety regulations for working on the lift Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Steering system
Safety regulations when driving . . . . . . 125 Checking for correct function . . . . . . 105
Safety regulations when handing loads . 169 Storing the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Schematic views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 StVZO (Road Traffic Licensing
Scope of the documentation Regulations) information ........ 9
UPA solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Switching off the
Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Switching on the
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 heating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Fastening on a steep slope . . . . . . . . 96 Switching on the key switch . . . . . . . . . . 81
Maintaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Malfunction due to cold . . . . . . . . . . . 96
T
Releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Technical data
Replacement after an accident . . . . 343 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Selecting the driver PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Three-way mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Set values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Topicality of the operating instructions . . 15
Setting the date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Towed load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Setting the drive programmes . . . . . . . . 129 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Setting the language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Proper use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Setting the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Trailers
Shake function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Double mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Fingertip switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Transporting pallets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Joystick 4Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Transporting suspended loads . . . . . . . 176
Quadruple mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Triple mini-lever
Triple mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Lifting/lowering the fork carriage . . . 158
Shock recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 120, 227 Tilting the lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 377

Index
g
Turn indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Vertical lift mast position

Fingertip version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Checking for correct function . . . . . . 107
Mini-console version . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 View of functions and operations . . . . . . . 18
Mini-lever version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 View of operating procedures . . . . . . . . . 18
Types of lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Views of the display operating unit . . . . . 19
Telescopic mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Visual inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Tyres
Safety principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
W
Warning regarding non-original parts . . . 27
U Wheel chock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Unlocking the emergency off switch . . . . 81 Wheels and tyres
Using working platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Checking condition and wear of the
tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
V Checking the air pressure . . . . . . . . 348
Variant Checking wheel fastenings . . . . . . . 348
Ceiling sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Variants Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Access authorisation with PIN code . . 84 Windscreen wiper/washer . . . . . . . . . . 226
Automatic lift cut out . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Working at the front of the truck . . . . . . . 312
Automatic shut-off of the internal Working on the electrical equipment . . . 311
combustion engine . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Working on the hydraulic equipment . . . 310
Clamp locking mechanism . . . . . . . . 213 Working on the ignition system . . . . . . . 311
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Working spotlight for reverse travel
FleetManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Fork extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Working spotlights
Gas spring with position lock . . . . . . 332 Automatically switching on/off . . . . . 224
Lift mast vertical position . . . . . . . . . 148 Lift-height-controlled switching
Lifting systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Load measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Manually switching on/off . . . . . . . . 223
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Switching on and off . . . . . . . . 218, 223
Reducing speed with a raised load . . 143
Z
Reversible fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Shake function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Zero adjustment of the load measure-
ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Shock recognition . . . . . . . . . . 120, 227
Triplex lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Wheel chock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Windscreen wiper/washer . . . . . . . . 226
Zero braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
378 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

STILL GmbH
57348011850 EN – 02/2019 - 11

Still Rx70!40!50 LPG Trucks Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Still Rx70!40!50 LPG Trucks Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Still Rx70!40!50 LPG Trucks Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Original instructions

7335 7336 7337 7338

Address of manufacturer and

Rules for the operating

Internet address and QR code

57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 III

Warning regarding non-original parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 27

Switching efﬁciency mode Blue-Q on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Load measurement (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 171

57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11 VII

Ceiling sensor (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

VIII 57348011850 EN - 02/2019 - 11

Cleaning load chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Maintaining the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . 342

Lp Sound pressure level at the workplace

Average continuous sound pressure level

If the truck is to be operated on public roads, it

EC declaration of conformity in accordance with Machinery Directive

We declare that the

Industrial truck according to these operating instructions

conforms to the latest version of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.

Personnel authorised to compile the technical documents:

See EC compliance declaration

Labelling points overview

Rated drive power

StVZO (Road Trafﬁc Licensing

1 Tare weight (in kg)

Using the truck

Proper use during towing

The truck may not be operated in areas where

If the truck is to be operated on public roads, it

Using working platforms

Information about the documentation

Enter the production number and year of

Please quote the production number in all

The personnel responsible for operating and

may vary. This is deﬁned in the additional

Issue date and topicality of the

Copyright and trademark rights

Explanation of information symbols

Lp Sound pressure level at the workplace

Average continuous sound pressure level

View of the display operating unit

Disposal of components and

Deﬁnition of terms used for responsible persons

regarding the industrial truck to be tested

Driver rights, duties and rules of be-

Prohibition of use by unauthorised

Basic principles for safe operation

Changes and retroﬁtting

The operating company is only permitted to

Decal information with the following data must

Changes to the overhead guard and

Warning regarding non-original parts

Damage, defects and misuse of

Length of the fork arms

If the fork arms are too short, the load may

gravity may shift as a result of dynamic forces,